TW201416398A - Laminate, color filter comprising the same, method for manufacturing color filter and its application - Google Patents

Laminate, color filter comprising the same, method for manufacturing color filter and its application Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201416398A
TW201416398A TW102138572A TW102138572A TW201416398A TW 201416398 A TW201416398 A TW 201416398A TW 102138572 A TW102138572 A TW 102138572A TW 102138572 A TW102138572 A TW 102138572A TW 201416398 A TW201416398 A TW 201416398A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
color filter
mass
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW102138572A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI630242B (en
Inventor
Toshihito Kuge
Yousuke Murakami
Suguru SAMEJIMA
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201416398A publication Critical patent/TW201416398A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI630242B publication Critical patent/TWI630242B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L31/00Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L31/02Details
    • H01L31/0216Coatings
    • H01L31/02161Coatings for devices characterised by at least one potential jump barrier or surface barrier
    • H01L31/02162Coatings for devices characterised by at least one potential jump barrier or surface barrier for filtering or shielding light, e.g. multicolour filters for photodetectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters
    • G02F1/133516Methods for their manufacture, e.g. printing, electro-deposition or photolithography
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/30Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission
    • H10K59/38Devices specially adapted for multicolour light emission comprising colour filters or colour changing media [CCM]

Abstract

A laminate, a color filter and method for manufacturing the same, and applications of the color filter are provided. A colored layer of the laminate has a high coloring agent concentration. A film surface roughness in a surface of the colored layer is difficult to occur even under high temperature and high humidity conditions. The laminate is formed by forming an oxygen barrier film on a colored layer formed by curing a colored curable composition. The colored curable composition contains a coloring agent, a thermosetting compound and a solvent. Relative to the total solids content of the colored curable composition, the total content of the coloring agent is 50wt% to 90 wt%.

Description

積層體及具有其的彩色濾光片、其製造方法以及彩色濾光片的應用 Laminated body and color filter therewith, method of manufacturing the same, and application of color filter

本發明是有關於一種積層體、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、液晶顯示裝置、有機電致發光元件及固體攝影元件。 The present invention relates to a laminate, a color filter, a method of producing a color filter, a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence device, and a solid-state imaging device.

彩色濾光片為固體攝影元件或液晶顯示裝置的顯示器中不可缺少的構成零件。為了形成此種彩色濾光片,一直採用著色硬化性組成物(例如日本專利特開2011-248197號公報及日本專利特開2009-251563號公報)。 The color filter is an indispensable component in the display of a solid-state imaging element or a liquid crystal display device. In order to form such a color filter, a coloring curable composition has been used (for example, JP-A-2011-248197 and JP-A-2009-251563).

另一方面,彩色濾光片亦要求薄膜化。 On the other hand, color filters are also required to be thinned.

為了製作即便將彩色濾光片加以薄膜化亦具有優異的分光特性的彩色抗蝕劑(color resist),考慮到提高著色層中的著色劑的濃度。然而,根據本發明者進行研究的結果得知,若提高著色劑的濃度,則於將所形成的著色層放置於高溫高濕下時,容易產生著色層表面的膜面粗糙。若產生膜面粗糙,則會引起元件感度及色彩再現性的降低。 In order to produce a color resist having excellent spectral characteristics even when a color filter is thinned, it is considered to increase the concentration of the coloring agent in the colored layer. However, as a result of research conducted by the present inventors, it has been found that when the concentration of the coloring agent is increased, when the formed coloring layer is placed under high temperature and high humidity, the film surface roughness of the surface of the colored layer is likely to occur. If the film surface is rough, the element sensitivity and color reproducibility are lowered.

本發明的課題在於解決上述問題,且其目的在於提供一種彩色濾光片,該彩色濾光片的著色層的著色劑濃度高,並且即便放置於高溫高濕下,亦不易引起著色層表面的膜面粗糙。 An object of the present invention is to solve the above problems, and an object of the invention is to provide a color filter having a coloring agent having a high concentration of a coloring agent and which is less likely to cause a surface of a colored layer even when placed under high temperature and high humidity. The film surface is rough.

根據上述狀況,本發明者進行了努力研究,結果發現,藉由在著色層上形成氧阻斷膜,即便著色劑的濃度高亦可於高溫高濕下抑制著色層表面的膜面粗糙,從而完成了本發明。 In view of the above, the inventors of the present invention have conducted intensive studies and found that by forming an oxygen blocking film on the colored layer, even if the concentration of the coloring agent is high, the film surface roughness of the surface of the colored layer can be suppressed under high temperature and high humidity. The present invention has been completed.

具體而言,藉由以下的解決手段<1>、較佳為<2>~<13>來解決了上述課題。 Specifically, the above problem is solved by the following means <1>, preferably <2> to <13>.

<1>一種積層體,其是於使著色硬化性組成物硬化而成的著色層上形成氧阻斷膜而成,上述著色硬化性組成物含有著色劑、熱硬化性化合物及溶劑,並且相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%。 <1> A laminated body in which an oxygen blocking film is formed on a colored layer obtained by curing a colored curable composition, and the colored curable composition contains a coloring agent, a thermosetting compound, and a solvent, and is relatively The total solid content of the coloring curable composition is 50% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total content of the coloring agent.

<2>如<1>所記載的積層體,其中上述著色劑含有下述通式(1)所表示的鹵化酞青染料, The layered body according to the above aspect, wherein the coloring agent contains a halogenated indigo dye represented by the following formula (1).

通式(1) General formula (1)

(通式(1)中,Z1~Z16分別為氫原子或取代基,取代基的至少一個為鹵素原子,取代基的至少另一個為含有芳香族基的基團;M表示2個氫原子、金屬原子、金屬氧化物或金屬鹵化物)。 (In the formula (1), Z 1 to Z 16 are each a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least one of the substituents is a halogen atom, and at least one other of the substituents is a group containing an aromatic group; M represents 2 hydrogens Atom, metal atom, metal oxide or metal halide).

<3>如<1>或<2>所記載的積層體,其中上述熱硬化性化合物為環氧化合物。 <3> The layered body according to <1>, wherein the thermosetting compound is an epoxy compound.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所記載的積層體,其中上述著色劑更含有黃色色素。 The layered body according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the coloring agent further contains a yellow coloring matter.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所記載的積層體,其中相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為6o質量%~90質量%。 The layered product according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the total content of the coloring agent is from 6% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition.

<6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所記載的積層體,其中上述著色層的厚度為0.1μm~1.0μm。 The layered body according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the colored layer has a thickness of 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm.

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所記載的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜與上述著色層鄰接。 The layered body according to any one of <1> to <6> wherein the oxygen blocking film is adjacent to the colored layer.

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所記載的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜的厚度為10μm以下。 The laminate according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the oxygen barrier film has a thickness of 10 μm or less.

<9>如<1>至<8>中任一項所記載的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜含有無機材料。 The laminate according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the oxygen barrier film contains an inorganic material.

<10>一種彩色濾光片,具有如<1>至<9>中任一項所記載的積層體。 <10> A color filter comprising the laminate according to any one of <1> to <9>.

<11>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括以下步驟:使著色硬化性組成物硬化而形成著色層的步驟,上述著色硬化性組成物含有著色劑、熱硬化性化合物及溶劑,並且相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%;於上述著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由曝光及顯影將上述光阻層圖案化,獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;將上述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對上述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟;以及於上述乾式蝕刻後的著色層上形成氧阻斷膜的步驟。 <11> A method for producing a color filter, comprising the steps of: curing a colored curable composition to form a colored layer, wherein the colored curable composition contains a colorant, a thermosetting compound, and a solvent, and is relative to a total solid content of the coloring curable composition, a total content of the coloring agent being 50% by mass to 90% by mass; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; and patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development a step of obtaining a resist pattern; a step of dry etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etching mask; and a step of forming an oxygen blocking film on the colored layer after the dry etching.

<12>如<11>所記載的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中藉由濺鍍來形成上述氧阻斷膜。 <12> The method for producing a color filter according to <11>, wherein the oxygen blocking film is formed by sputtering.

<13>一種液晶顯示裝置、有機電致發光元件或固體攝影元件,具有如<10>所記載的彩色濾光片、或藉由如<11>或<12>所記載的彩色濾光片的製造方法所製作的彩色濾光片。 <13> A liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence device, or a solid-state imaging device, which has the color filter according to <10> or a color filter as described in <11> or <12> A color filter produced by the manufacturing method.

根據本發明,可提供一種彩色濾光片,該彩色濾光片的著色層的著色劑濃度高,並且即便放置於高溫高濕下,亦不易引 起著色層表面的膜面粗糙。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a color filter having a coloring agent having a high concentration of a coloring agent and being difficult to be introduced even under high temperature and high humidity. The film surface of the surface of the colored layer is rough.

10‧‧‧固體攝影元件 10‧‧‧ Solid-state imaging components

11‧‧‧第1著色層 11‧‧‧1st colored layer

12‧‧‧第1著色圖案 12‧‧‧1st coloring pattern

13、100‧‧‧彩色濾光片 13, 100‧‧‧ color filters

14‧‧‧平坦化膜 14‧‧‧Flat film

15‧‧‧微透鏡 15‧‧‧Microlens

20B‧‧‧藍色畫素(第3色畫素) 20B‧‧‧Blue pixel (3rd color)

20G‧‧‧綠色畫素(第1色畫素) 20G‧‧‧Green pixels (1st color)

20R‧‧‧紅色畫素(第2色畫素) 20R‧‧‧Red Picture (2nd color picture)

21‧‧‧第2著色感放射線性層 21‧‧‧Second coloring radiation layer

21A‧‧‧與第1貫通孔部分組群121對應的位置 21A‧‧‧ Location corresponding to the first through hole portion group 121

22‧‧‧第2著色圖案 22‧‧‧2nd coloring pattern

22R‧‧‧設於第2貫通孔部分組群122的各貫通孔的內部的多個第2著色畫素 22R‧‧‧ a plurality of second colored pixels provided inside each of the through holes of the second through hole portion group 122

31‧‧‧第3著色感放射線性層 31‧‧‧3rd coloring radiation layer

31A‧‧‧與第2貫通孔部分組群122對應的位置 31A‧‧‧Location corresponding to the second through hole portion group 122

32‧‧‧第3著色圖案 32‧‧‧3rd coloring pattern

41‧‧‧P阱 41‧‧‧P-well

42‧‧‧受光元件(光二極體) 42‧‧‧Light-receiving components (light diodes)

43‧‧‧雜質擴散層 43‧‧‧ impurity diffusion layer

44‧‧‧電極 44‧‧‧Electrode

45‧‧‧配線層 45‧‧‧Wiring layer

46‧‧‧BPSG膜 46‧‧‧BPSG membrane

47‧‧‧絕緣膜 47‧‧‧Insulation film

48‧‧‧P-SiN膜 48‧‧‧P-SiN film

49‧‧‧平坦化膜層 49‧‧‧Flating film layer

51‧‧‧光阻層 51‧‧‧Photoresist layer

51A‧‧‧抗蝕劑貫通孔 51A‧‧‧Resist through hole

52‧‧‧抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻層) 52‧‧‧resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer)

60‧‧‧著色層 60‧‧‧Colored layer

61‧‧‧氧阻斷膜 61‧‧‧Oxygen blocking membrane

120‧‧‧貫通孔組群 120‧‧‧through hole group

121‧‧‧第1貫通孔部分組群 121‧‧‧1st through hole part group

122‧‧‧第2貫通孔部分組群 122‧‧‧2nd through hole part group

圖1為表示彩色濾光片及固體攝影元件的構成例的概略剖面圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a color filter and a solid-state imaging element.

圖2為第1著色層的概略剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a first colored layer.

圖3為表示在第1著色層上形成有光阻層的狀態的概略剖面圖。 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a photoresist layer is formed on a first colored layer.

圖4為表示在第1著色層上形成有抗蝕劑圖案的狀態的概略剖面圖。 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a resist pattern is formed on the first colored layer.

圖5為表示藉由蝕刻而於第1著色層中設有貫通孔組群,由此形成有第1著色圖案的狀態的概略剖面圖。 FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a first coloring pattern is formed by providing a through hole group in the first colored layer by etching.

圖6為表示去除了圖5中的抗蝕劑圖案的狀態的概略剖面圖。 Fig. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which the resist pattern in Fig. 5 is removed.

圖7為表示形成有第2著色圖案及第2著色感放射線性層的狀態的概略剖面圖。 FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a second colored pattern and a second colored radiation layer are formed.

圖8為表示去除了圖7中的第2著色感放射線性層、及構成第2著色圖案的第2著色畫素的一部分的狀態的概略剖面圖。 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a part of the second coloring radiation layer in FIG. 7 and a second coloring element constituting the second coloring pattern are removed.

圖9為表示形成有第3著色圖案及第3著色感放射線性層的狀態的概略剖面圖。 FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a third colored pattern and a third coloring radiation layer are formed.

圖10為表示去除了圖9中的第3著色感放射線性層的狀態的概略剖面圖。 FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which the third coloring radiation layer in FIG. 9 is removed.

圖11為表示本發明的彩色濾光片的一例的概略剖面圖。 Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter of the present invention.

以下,對本發明的內容加以詳細說明。另外,於本說明書中,「~」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含意來使用。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit.

另外,本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基者,並且亦包含具有取代基者。例如所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 Further, in the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the description that the substituted or unsubstituted formula does not include a substituent, and also includes a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

另外,於本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。 Further, in the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acryloyl group" means propylene oxime. And methacryl oxime.

本發明中所謂「著色層」,是指彩色濾光片中所用的畫素。 The term "colored layer" as used in the present invention means a pixel used in a color filter.

本發明中所謂染料,是指可溶於特定的有機溶劑中的色素化合物。此處,所謂特定的有機溶劑,例如可列舉後述至少溶解染料及熱硬化性化合物的溶劑一欄中例示的有機溶劑。因此,溶解於該些至少一種有機溶劑中的色素化合物相當於本發明中的染料。 The term "dye" as used in the present invention means a dye compound which is soluble in a specific organic solvent. Here, the specific organic solvent is, for example, an organic solvent exemplified in the column of the solvent in which at least the dye and the thermosetting compound are dissolved. Therefore, the dye compound dissolved in the at least one organic solvent corresponds to the dye in the present invention.

以下,對本發明的積層體、彩色濾光片及其製造方法、固體攝影元件、液晶顯示裝置以及有機電致發光元件加以詳述。以下所記載的構成要件的說明有時是根據本發明的具代表性的實施方式來進行,但本發明不限定於此種實施方式。 Hereinafter, the laminate, the color filter, the method for producing the same, the solid-state imaging device, the liquid crystal display device, and the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be performed according to a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.

[積層體] [layered body]

本發明的積層體是於使著色硬化性組成物硬化而成的著色層上形成氧阻斷膜而成。 The laminate of the present invention is formed by forming an oxygen barrier film on the colored layer obtained by curing the colored curable composition.

<著色硬化性組成物> <Coloring hardenable composition>

本發明中所用的著色硬化性組成物含有著色劑、熱硬化性化合物及溶劑,並且相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%。 The colored curable composition used in the present invention contains a coloring agent, a thermosetting compound, and a solvent, and the total content of the coloring agent is 50% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition.

<著色劑> <colorant>

著色劑並無特別限制,例如可使用含有染料或顏料的色素,尤佳為必需染料。於本發明中,相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,著色劑的合計量較佳為60質量%~85質量%,更佳為70質量%~80質量%。 The coloring agent is not particularly limited, and for example, a dye containing a dye or a pigment can be used, and an essential dye is particularly preferable. In the present invention, the total amount of the colorant is preferably 60% by mass to 85% by mass, and more preferably 70% by mass to 80% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition.

(染料) (dye)

染料並無特別限制,可使用先前作為彩色濾光片用而公知的染料。例如可使用:吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧喏(oxonol)系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、吩噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、二苯并哌喃(xanthene)系、酞青系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍(indigo)系、吡咯亞甲基(pyrromethene)系、次甲基系等的染料。另外,亦可使用該些染料的多聚物。 The dye is not particularly limited, and a dye which has been conventionally used as a color filter can be used. For example, pyrazoloazo, anilinoazo, triphenylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo can be used. , pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, indigo, benzopyran, indigo Indigo) is a dye such as pyrromethene or methine. In addition, polymers of these dyes can also be used.

另外,於進行水或鹼顯影的情形時,就藉由顯影將光未照射部的黏合劑及/或染料完全去除的觀點而言,有時可較佳地使 用酸性染料及/或其衍生物。 Further, in the case of performing water or alkali development, from the viewpoint of completely removing the binder and/or the dye in the unirradiated portion by development, it may be preferable to Use acid dyes and / or their derivatives.

除此以外,亦可有用地使用直接染料、鹼性染料、媒染 染料、酸性媒染染料、冰染染料(azoic dyes)、分散染料、油溶染料、食品染料及/或該些染料的衍生物等。 In addition, direct dyes, basic dyes, mordants can also be used usefully. Dyes, acid mordant dyes, azoic dyes, disperse dyes, oil-soluble dyes, food dyes and/or derivatives of such dyes, and the like.

另外,染料例如可使用以下公報中記載的色素:日本專 利特開2012-181512號公報、日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利第2592207號公報、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報、日本專利特開平8-211599號公報、日本專利特開平4-249549號公報、日本專利特開平10-123316號公報、日本專利特開平11-302283號公報、日本專利特開平7-286107號公報、日本專利特開2001-4823號公報、日本專利特開平8-15522號公報、日本專利特開平8-29771號公報、日本專利特開平8-146215號公報、日本專利特開平11-343437號公報、日本專利特開平8-62416號公報、日本專利特開2002-14220號公報、日本專利特開2002-14221號公報、日本專利特開2002-14222號公報、日本專利特開2002-14223號公報、日本專利特開平8-302224號公報、日本專利特開平8-73758號公報、日本專利特開平8-179120號公報、日本專利特開平8-151531號公報等。 Further, as the dye, for example, the dye described in the following publication can be used: Japanese specialization Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent No. 2592207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-333207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 6-35183, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-51115, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. This Patent Laid-Open No. 8-302224, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 8-73758, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 8-179120, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 8-151531 and the like.

該些染料中,尤佳為具有酞青結構的酞青染料、特別是 鹵化酞青染料。鹵化酞青染料為具有酞青骨架、且含有一個以上的鹵素原子作為其取代基的化合物。於本發明中,較佳為於一分子中具有5個~15個鹵素原子,更佳為於一分子中具有6個~14個鹵素原子。鹵素原子可例示氯原子、氟原子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳為氯原子、氟原子或溴原子,更佳為氯原子或氟原子,進而佳為氯原子。 Among these dyes, an indigo dye having an indigo structure, particularly Halogenated indigo dye. The halogenated indigo dye is a compound having an indigo skeleton and containing one or more halogen atoms as a substituent thereof. In the present invention, it is preferred to have 5 to 15 halogen atoms in one molecule, and more preferably 6 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule. The halogen atom may, for example, be a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and is preferably a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom or a bromine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom, and further preferably a chlorine atom.

本發明中所用的鹵化酞青染料通常為於600nm~800 nm的範圍內具有最大吸收波長、較佳為於630nm~750nm的範圍內具有最大吸收波長的化合物。 The halogenated indigo dye used in the present invention is usually from 600 nm to 800 A compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of nm, preferably having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 630 nm to 750 nm.

本發明中所用的鹵化酞青染料較佳為下述通式(1)所 表示的化合物。 The halogenated indigo dye used in the present invention is preferably a compound of the following formula (1) The compound represented.

(通式(1)中,Z1~Z16分別為氫原子或取代基,取代基的 至少一個為鹵素原子,取代基的至少另一個為含有芳香族基的基團;M表示2個氫原子、金屬原子、金屬氧化物或金屬鹵化物。) (In the formula (1), Z 1 to Z 16 are each a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least one of the substituents is a halogen atom, and at least one other of the substituents is a group containing an aromatic group; M represents 2 hydrogens An atom, a metal atom, a metal oxide or a metal halide.)

此處,通式(1)中的Z1、Z4、Z5、Z8、Z9、Z12、Z13及Z16表示取代於酞青核的8處α位上的取代基,因此將該些取代基亦稱為α位取代基。另外,同樣地,通式(1)中的Z2、Z3、Z6、Z7、Z10、Z11、Z14及Z15表示取代於酞青核的8處β位上的取代基,因此將該些取代基亦稱為β位取代基。 Here, Z 1 , Z 4 , Z 5 , Z 8 , Z 9 , Z 12 , Z 13 and Z 16 in the formula (1) represent substituents substituted at 8 positions in the α position of the indigo nucleus, and thus These substituents are also referred to as alpha substituents. Further, similarly, Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 6 , Z 7 , Z 10 , Z 11 , Z 14 and Z 15 in the formula (1) represent substituents substituted at 8 β positions of the indigo nucleus Therefore, these substituents are also referred to as β-substituents.

Z1~Z16分別為氫原子或取代基,取代基的至少一個為鹵素原子,取代基的至少另一個為含有芳香族基的基團。較佳為於一分子中具有5個~15個鹵素原子,更佳為於一分子中具有6個~14個鹵素原子。鹵素原子可例示氯原子、氟原子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳為氯原子、氟原子或溴原子,更佳為氯原子或氟原子,進而佳為氯原子。含有芳香族基的基團(較佳為後述通式(1-2)所表示的基團)中的芳香族基較佳為苯環基或萘環基,更佳為苯環基。含有芳香族基的基團的個數於一分子中較佳為1個~11個,更佳為1個~10個,進而佳為2個~7個。另外,Z1~Z16亦較佳為鹵素原子以外的取代基全部為含有芳香族基的基團的態樣。 Z 1 to Z 16 are each a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least one of the substituents is a halogen atom, and at least one other of the substituents is a group containing an aromatic group. It is preferred to have 5 to 15 halogen atoms in one molecule, and more preferably 6 to 14 halogen atoms in one molecule. The halogen atom may, for example, be a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, and is preferably a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom or a bromine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom, and further preferably a chlorine atom. The aromatic group in the aromatic group-containing group (preferably the group represented by the following formula (1-2)) is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group. The number of the aromatic group-containing groups is preferably from 1 to 11, more preferably from 1 to 10, and more preferably from 2 to 7. Further, Z 1 to Z 16 are also preferably those in which all of the substituents other than the halogen atom are aromatic group-containing groups.

作為取代基只要酞青化合物不喪失作為染料的功能,則並無特別限定,可例示後述取代基T。 The substituent is not particularly limited as long as the indigo compound does not lose its function as a dye, and the substituent T described later can be exemplified.

於通式(1)中,較佳為Z1~Z16中1個~8個表示由下述通式(1-2)所表示的基團或由通式(1-4)所表示的基團,且至 少一個為由通式(1-2)所表示的基團,更佳為Z1~Z16中2個~6個為由通式(1-2)所表示的基團或由通式(1-4)所表示的基團,且至少一個為由通式(1-2)所表示的基團。 In the formula (1), preferably one to eight of Z 1 to Z 16 represent a group represented by the following formula (1-2) or a group represented by the formula (1-4). a group, and at least one of which is a group represented by the formula (1-2), more preferably 2 to 6 of Z 1 to Z 16 are a group represented by the formula (1-2) or The group represented by the formula (1-4), and at least one of them is a group represented by the formula (1-2).

通式(1-2)-X-A 1 General formula (1-2) -XA 1

(通式(1-2)中,X為氧原子或硫原子,A1為可具有取代基的苯基或可具有取代基的萘基。) (In the formula (1-2), X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and A 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent.)

(通式(1-4)中,R'表示碳數1~3的伸烷基,R"表示碳數1~8的烷基。n1表示0~4的整數。) (In the formula (1-4), R' represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R" represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. n1 represents an integer of 0 to 4.)

通式(1-2)中,X為氧原子或硫原子,較佳為氧原子。若X為氧原子,則可使所得的酞青化合物的最大吸收波長向短波長側偏移。 In the formula (1-2), X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably an oxygen atom. When X is an oxygen atom, the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained indigo compound can be shifted to the short wavelength side.

A1為可具有取代基的苯基或可具有取代基的萘基,較佳為具有1個~5個取代基的苯基或具有1個~7個取代基的萘基,更佳為具有1個~5個取代基的苯基。 A 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a phenyl group having 1 to 5 substituents or a naphthyl group having 1 to 7 substituents, more preferably having a phenyl group of 1 to 5 substituents.

通式(1-2)所表示的基團更佳為下述通式(1-1-2)所表示的基團。 The group represented by the formula (1-2) is more preferably a group represented by the following formula (1-1-2).

通式(1-1-2)-X 1 -A 11 General formula (1-1-2) -X 1 -A 11

(通式(1-1-2)中,X1為氧原子或硫原子,A11為具有1個~5個取代基R的苯基或具有1個~7個取代基R的萘基,取代基R表示硝基、COOR1(R1為通式(1-3)所表示的基團或碳數1~8的烷基)、OR2(R2為碳數1~8的烷基)、鹵素原子、芳基、氰基、碳數1~8的烷基、通式(4)~通式(6)的任一個所表示的基團或者選自通式(X)中的基團。) (In the formula (1-1-2), X 1 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and A 11 is a phenyl group having 1 to 5 substituents R or a naphthyl group having 1 to 7 substituents R, The substituent R represents a nitro group, COOR 1 (R 1 is a group represented by the formula (1-3) or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), and OR 2 (R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms) a halogen atom, an aryl group, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a group represented by any one of the formulae (4) to (6) or a group selected from the group consisting of the formula (X) group.)

(通式(4)中,R4表示氫原子、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的二烷基胺基、可具有取代基的二芳基胺基或可具有取代基的烷基芳基胺基。 (In the formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a dialkylamino group which may have a substituent, a diarylamine which may have a substituent A group or an alkylarylamine group which may have a substituent.

通式(5)中,d表示0~2的整數,於d為0或1時,R5為可具有取代基的烷基或可具有取代基的芳基,於d為2時,R5表示可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的 二烷基胺基、可具有取代基的二芳基胺基、或可具有取代基烷基芳基胺基。 In the formula (5), d represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when d is 0 or 1, R 5 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and when d is 2, R 5 An alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a dialkylamino group which may have a substituent, a diarylamine group which may have a substituent, or a substituted alkylarylamino group .

通式(6)中,R6及R7分別表示可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的烷基羰基、可具有取代基的芳基羰基、可具有取代基的烷基磺醯基、可具有取代基的芳基磺醯基。) In the formula (6), R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkylcarbonyl group which may have a substituent, an arylcarbonyl group which may have a substituent, and may have The alkylsulfonyl group of the substituent, the arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent. )

-(CH(R11))n1-Y1-R12 (X) -(CH(R 11 )) n1 -Y 1 -R 12 (X)

(通式(X)中,R11表示氫原子或碳數1~8的烷基。n1表示1~3的整數。於n1為2或3的情形時,多個R11可分別相同亦可不同。Y1表示-O-、-S-、-NR13-(R13表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基)、-SO2-或-C(=O)-。R12表示一價取代基。) (In the formula (X), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. n1 represents an integer of 1 to 3. When n1 is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 11 's may be the same or different .Y 1 represents -O -, - S -, - NR 13 - (R 13 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 4), - SO 2 - or -C (= O) -. R 12 represents A monovalent substituent.)

通式(1-1-2)中,X1為氧原子或硫原子,較佳為氧原子。若X1為氧原子,則可使所得的酞青化合物的最大吸收波長向短波長側偏移。 In the formula (1-1-2), X 1 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably an oxygen atom. When X 1 is an oxygen atom, the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained indigo compound can be shifted to the short wavelength side.

A11為具有1個~5個取代基的苯基或具有1個~7個取代基的萘基,更佳為具有1個~5個取代基的苯基。 A 11 is a phenyl group having 1 to 5 substituents or a naphthyl group having 1 to 7 substituents, more preferably a phenyl group having 1 to 5 substituents.

苯基的取代基數為1~5的整數,就克吸光係數(每克的吸光度)的觀點而言,更佳為表示1~3的整數,於取代基為鹵素原子的情形時,取代基數較佳為1~5的整數的任一個。萘基的取代基數為1~7的整數,就克吸光係數的觀點而言,較佳為1~5的整數,更佳為1~3的整數,進而佳為1或2。 The number of substituents of the phenyl group is an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3 from the viewpoint of the gram extinction coefficient (absorbance per gram), and when the substituent is a halogen atom, the number of substituents is more It is preferably one of the integers from 1 to 5. The number of substituents of the naphthyl group is an integer of 1 to 7, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and further preferably 1 or 2, from the viewpoint of the gram absorption coefficient.

萘基與X1的鍵結位置並無特別限定,可為下述1位(1-萘基)或2位(2-萘基)的任一個。 The bonding position of the naphthyl group and X 1 is not particularly limited, and may be any one of the following 1-(1-naphthyl) or 2-(2-naphthyl) groups.

同樣地,另外取代基於萘環上的鍵結位置亦無特別限制。例如,於萘基與X1的鍵結位置為1位(1-萘基)的情形時,取代基於萘環上的鍵結位置可為2位、3位、4位、5位、6位、7位或8位的任一個,若考慮到耐熱性或溶劑溶解性等,則較佳為2位、3位,更佳為2位。另外,於萘基與X1的鍵結位置為2位(2-萘基)的情形時,取代基於萘環上的鍵結位置可為1位、3位、4位、5位、6位、7位或8位的任一個,較佳為3位、6位,若考慮到耐熱性或溶劑溶解性等,則更佳為3位。 Similarly, the additional substitution is not particularly limited based on the bonding position on the naphthalene ring. For example, in the case where the bonding position of the naphthyl group and X 1 is 1-position (1-naphthyl group), the substitution position based on the naphthalene ring may be 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 positions. Any one of the 7-position or the 8-position is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 2, in consideration of heat resistance, solvent solubility and the like. Further, in the case where the bonding position of the naphthyl group and X 1 is a 2-position (2-naphthyl group), the substitution position based on the naphthalene ring may be 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6 positions. Any one of the 7-position or the 8-position is preferably 3 or 6 positions, and more preferably 3 bits in consideration of heat resistance or solvent solubility.

苯基或萘基的取代基R為硝基、COOR1(R1為通式(1-3)所表示的基團或碳數1~8的烷基)、OR2(R2為碳數1~8的烷基)、鹵素原子、芳基、氰基、碳數1~8的烷基、通式(4)~通式(6)的任一個所表示的基團或者選自通式(X)中的基團。 The substituent R of the phenyl or naphthyl group is a nitro group, COOR 1 (R 1 is a group represented by the formula (1-3) or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms), and OR 2 (R 2 is a carbon number) a group of 1 to 8 alkyl groups, a halogen atom, an aryl group, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a group represented by any one of the formulae (4) to (6) or a compound selected from the group consisting of a group in (X).

於苯基或萘基上存在多個取代基R的情形時,多個R可相同亦可不同。 When a plurality of substituents R are present on a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, a plurality of R groups may be the same or different.

於苯基或萘基的取代基R為COOR1的情形時,COOR1 中的R1表示可經取代的碳數1~8的烷基或下述通式(1-3)所表示的基團。 When in the phenyl or naphthyl substituents R 1 is the case where COOR, COOR 1 in the group R 1 represents a substituted alkyl group carbon atoms or the following formula (1-3) 1-8 represented group.

(通式(1-3)中,R3表示碳數1~3的伸烷基,R4表示碳數1~8的烷基,n表示1~4的整數) (In the formula (1-3), R 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 to 4)

於R1為碳數1~8的烷基的情形時,就溶劑溶解性的方面而言,碳數1~8的烷基較佳為碳數1~3的烷基。碳數1~8的烷基可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、環己基、正庚基、正辛基、2-乙基己基等直鏈、分支或環狀的烷基。視情形而存在於碳數1~8的烷基中的取代基可例示碳數1~8的烷氧基、鹵素原子或芳基。 In the case where R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of solvent solubility. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, and n-hexyl group. A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group such as cyclohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl or 2-ethylhexyl. The substituent which is present in the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as the case may be an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or an aryl group.

視情形而存在的作為烷基的取代基的碳數1~8的烷氧基可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、正己氧基、環己氧基、正庚氧基、正辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基等直鏈、分支或環狀的烷氧基。該些基團中,較佳為碳數1~4的烷氧基。視情形而存在的作為烷基的取代基的鹵素原子可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、 溴原子及碘原子。該些鹵素原子中,較佳為氟原子或氯原子。視情形而存在的作為烷基的取代基的芳基可列舉:苯基、對甲氧基苯基、對-第三丁基苯基、對氯苯基等。該些基團中,較佳為苯基。該些取代基亦可存在多個,於存在多個的情形時,為相同種類或不同種類均可,於為相同種類的情形時,可相同亦可不同。烷基的取代基的個數並無特別限定,較佳為1個~3個,更佳為1個或2個。 The alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which is a substituent of the alkyl group which may be present as the case may be exemplified by a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group or an isobutoxy group. Linear, branched, etc. of a base, a second butoxy group, a third butoxy group, a n-pentyloxy group, a n-hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a n-heptyloxy group, a n-octyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxy group Or a cyclic alkoxy group. Among these groups, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. The halogen atom which is a substituent of the alkyl group which may be present as the case may be a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. Bromine atom and iodine atom. Among these halogen atoms, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferred. Examples of the aryl group which is a substituent of the alkyl group which may be present may be phenyl, p-methoxyphenyl, p-tert-butylphenyl or p-chlorophenyl. Among these groups, a phenyl group is preferred. There may be a plurality of such substituents. When there are a plurality of substituents, they may be of the same type or different types, and may be the same or different when they are of the same kind. The number of the substituents of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably one to three, and more preferably one or two.

於苯基或萘基的取代基R為COOR1、且R1為通式(1-3)所表示的基團的情形時,就對醚溶劑溶解性的效果的方面而言,通式(1-3)所表示的基團中的R3為碳數1~3的伸烷基。 When the substituent R of the phenyl group or the naphthyl group is COOR 1 and R 1 is a group represented by the formula (1-3), the formula (for the effect of solubility in the ether solvent) 1-3) R 3 in the group represented by the group is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

碳數1~3的伸烷基可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基、伸異丙基。較佳為伸乙基、伸丙基。 Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethyl group, an extended propyl group, and an extended isopropyl group. It is preferably an ethyl group and a propyl group.

另外,就分子量的觀點而言,通式(1-3)所表示的基團中的R4為1~8的烷基,更佳為1~4的烷基。碳數1~8的烷基可列舉上述R1的欄中記載者。就分子量的觀點而言,通式(1-3)所表示的基團中的n為1~4的整數,較佳為1~3的整數。 Further, from the viewpoint of molecular weight, R 4 in the group represented by the formula (1-3) is an alkyl group of 1 to 8, more preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 4. The alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is exemplified in the column of R 1 described above. From the viewpoint of molecular weight, n in the group represented by the formula (1-3) is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3.

於苯基或萘基的取代基R為OR2的情形時,OR2中的R2表示碳數1~8的烷基,就色素的結晶性、操作性良好的方面而言,較佳為表示碳數1~3的烷基。 On the substituent R is a phenyl or naphthyl group OR 2 in the case where, in the R 2 OR 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, the dye in terms of crystallinity, good workability, is preferably It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

R2所表示的碳數1~8的烷基可列舉與作為上述取代基R的一例的COOR1的R1中記載者相同的取代基,較佳範圍亦相同。 The alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms represented by R 2 may be the same as those described for R 1 of COOR 1 as an example of the substituent R, and the preferred range is also the same.

於苯基或萘基的取代基R為鹵素原子的情形時,鹵素原 子可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子,較佳為氟原子、氯原子或碘原子。其中,較佳為氯原子、氟原子,其原因在於色素的分子量變小,克吸光係數變高。 When the substituent R of the phenyl or naphthyl group is a halogen atom, the halogen is The fluorine atom, the chlorine atom, the bromine atom and the iodine atom may be mentioned, and a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or an iodine atom is preferable. Among them, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferred because the molecular weight of the dye is small and the gram absorption coefficient is high.

於苯基或萘基的取代基R為芳基的情形時,芳基可列舉:苯基、對甲氧基苯基、對-第三丁基苯基、對氯苯基等芳基。其中,較佳為苯基,其原因在於色素的分子量變小,克吸光係數變高。 In the case where the substituent R of the phenyl group or the naphthyl group is an aryl group, the aryl group may, for example, be an aryl group such as a phenyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, a p-tert-butylphenyl group or a p-chlorophenyl group. Among them, a phenyl group is preferred because the molecular weight of the dye becomes small and the gram absorption coefficient becomes high.

於苯基或萘基的取代基R為烷基的情形時,碳數1~8的烷基可列舉與作為上述取代基R的一例的COOR1的R1中記載者相同的取代基,較佳範圍亦相同。 When the substituent R of the phenyl group or the naphthyl group is an alkyl group, the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be the same as those described for R 1 of COOR 1 which is an example of the substituent R. The range is also the same.

就色素的結晶性、操作性良好的方面而言,較佳為碳數1~3的烷基。 The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred in terms of crystallinity and workability of the dye.

視情形而存在的烷基的取代基可例示鹵素原子,較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子,更佳為氟原子或氯原子。作為烷基的取代基的鹵素原子可存在多個,於存在多個的情形時可相同亦可不同。烷基的取代基的個數並無特別限定,較佳為1個~3個。 The substituent of the alkyl group which may be present as the case may be a halogen atom, preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. A plurality of halogen atoms may be present as a substituent of the alkyl group, and may be the same or different when there are a plurality of halogen atoms. The number of the substituents of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably one to three.

對苯基或萘基的取代基R為選自下述通式(4)~通式(6)中的基團的情形加以說明。 The case where the substituent R of the phenyl group or the naphthyl group is a group selected from the following general formulae (4) to (6) will be described.

通式(4)中的R4表示氫原子、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的二烷基胺基、可具有取代基的二芳基胺基或可具有取代基的烷基芳基胺基,較佳為氫原 子、總碳數1~20的烷基、總碳數6~20的芳基、總碳數2~20的二烷基胺基、總碳數12~20的二芳基胺基或總碳數7~20的烷基芳基胺基,進而佳為總碳數1~20的烷基、總碳數2~20的二烷基胺基、總碳數12~20的二芳基胺基或總碳數7~20的烷基芳基胺基,尤佳為總碳數12~20的二芳基胺基或總碳數2~20的二烷基胺基。 R 4 in the formula (4) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a dialkylamino group which may have a substituent, and a diarylamine group which may have a substituent Or an alkylarylamino group which may have a substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a total carbon number of 1 to 20, an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 20, and a dialkylamine having a total carbon number of 2 to 20. a diarylamine group having a total carbon number of 12 to 20 or an alkylarylamine group having a total carbon number of 7 to 20, and further preferably an alkyl group having a total carbon number of 1 to 20 and a total carbon number of 2 to 20 An alkylamino group, a diarylamine group having a total carbon number of 12 to 20 or an alkylarylamine group having a total carbon number of 7 to 20, particularly preferably a diarylamine group or a total carbon having a total carbon number of 12 to 20 A number of 2 to 20 dialkylamino groups.

上述烷基部位及芳基部位亦可更具有取代基,取代基較 佳為烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷硫基、芳硫基或鹵素原子等,更佳為烷氧基,進而佳為甲氧基或乙氧基。另外,不具有取代基的態樣亦較佳。 The above alkyl moiety and aryl moiety may also have a more substituent, and the substituent is more It is preferably an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group or a halogen atom, etc., more preferably an alkoxy group, and further preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. Further, a form having no substituent is also preferable.

通式(5)中,d表示0~2的整數,於d為0或1時, R5為可具有取代基的烷基或可具有取代基的芳基,於d為2時,R5表示可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的二烷基胺基、可具有取代基的二芳基胺基或可具有取代基的烷基芳基胺基。於d為2時,R5較佳為碳數2~20的二烷基胺基、碳數12~20的二芳基胺基、碳數7~20的烷基芳基胺基。 In the formula (5), d represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when d is 0 or 1, R 5 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and when d is 2, R 5 An alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a dialkylamino group which may have a substituent, a diarylamine group which may have a substituent or an alkylarylamine group which may have a substituent . When d is 2, R 5 is preferably a dialkylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a diarylamino group having 12 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkylarylamino group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.

上述烷基部位及芳基部位亦可更具有取代基,該取代基 可例示後述取代基T,較佳為烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷硫基、芳硫基或鹵素原子等,更佳為烷氧基,進而佳為甲氧基或乙氧基。另外,不具有取代基的態樣亦較佳。 The above alkyl moiety and aryl moiety may further have a substituent, and the substituent The substituent T to be described later may, for example, be an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group or a halogen atom, more preferably an alkoxy group, and more preferably a methoxy group. Base or ethoxy group. Further, a form having no substituent is also preferable.

通式(6)中,R6及R7分別表示可具有取代基的烷基、 可具有取代基的芳基、可具有取代基的烷基羰基、可具有取代基 的芳基羰基、可具有取代基的烷基磺醯基、可具有取代基的芳基磺醯基,較佳為碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數2~20的烷基羰基、碳數7~20的芳基羰基、碳數1~20的烷基磺醯基、碳數6~20的芳基磺醯基,更佳為碳數2~20的烷基羰基、碳數7~20的芳基羰基、碳數1~20的烷基磺醯基、碳數6~20的芳基磺醯基。 In the formula (6), R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkylcarbonyl group which may have a substituent, an arylcarbonyl group which may have a substituent, and may have The alkylsulfonyl group of the substituent, the arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms , an arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number 7 to 20 arylcarbonyl groups, 1 to 20 carbon alkylsulfonyl groups, and 6 to 20 carbon arylsulfonyl groups.

上述烷基部位及芳基部位亦可更具有取代基,該取代基 可例示後述取代基T,較佳為烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷硫基、芳硫基或鹵素原子等,更佳為烷氧基,進而佳為甲氧基或乙氧基。另外,不具有取代基的態樣亦較佳。可具有取代基的烷基等的例子將於後述。 The above alkyl moiety and aryl moiety may further have a substituent, and the substituent The substituent T to be described later may, for example, be an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group or a halogen atom, more preferably an alkoxy group, and more preferably a methoxy group. Base or ethoxy group. Further, a form having no substituent is also preferable. Examples of the alkyl group or the like which may have a substituent will be described later.

示出上述通式中的可具有取代基的烷基的較佳例。可具 有取代基的烷基可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、十二烷基、十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、1-降冰片基、1-金剛烷基、苯氧基乙基、苄基、苯基乙基、N-丁基胺基磺醯基丙基、N-丁基胺基羰基甲基、N,N-二丁基胺基磺醯基丙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、2-氯乙基,進而佳可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、苯氧基乙基、苄基、苯基乙基、N-丁基胺基磺醯基丙基、N-丁基胺基羰基甲基、N,N-二丁基胺基磺醯基丙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基,尤佳可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、第三丁基、苯氧基乙基、苄基、苯基乙基、N-丁基胺基磺醯基丙基、N-丁基胺基羰基甲基、N,N-二丁 基胺基磺醯基丙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基。 Preferred examples of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in the above formula are shown. Can have The alkyl group having a substituent may, for example, be methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, ten Hexaalkyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-norbornyl, 1-adamantyl, phenoxyethyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, N-butylaminosulfonyl Propyl, N-butylaminocarbonylmethyl, N,N-dibutylaminosulfonylpropyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, 2-chloroethyl, and further preferably: methyl , ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, phenoxyethyl, benzyl, phenylethyl, N-butylaminosulfonylpropyl, N-butylaminocarbonyl Base, N, N-dibutylaminosulfonylpropyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, particularly preferably: methyl, ethyl, propyl, tert-butyl, phenoxyethyl , benzyl, phenylethyl, N-butylaminosulfonylpropyl, N-butylaminocarbonylmethyl, N,N-dibutyl Aminosulfonylpropyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的芳 基的較佳例。此種芳基可列舉:苯基、2-氯苯基、2-甲氧基苯基、4-丁氧基羰基苯基、4-N,N-二丁基胺基羰基苯基、4-N-丁基胺基磺醯基苯基、4-N,N-二丁基胺基磺醯基苯基,進而佳可列舉:苯基、4-丁氧基羰基苯基、4-N,N-二丁基胺基羰基苯基、4-N-丁基胺基磺醯基苯基、4-N,N-二丁基胺基磺醯基苯基,尤佳可列舉:苯基、4-丁氧基羰基苯基、4-N,N-二丁基胺基羰基苯基、4-N,N-二丁基胺基磺醯基苯基。 The aromatic group which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of a base. Examples of such an aryl group include a phenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 2-methoxyphenyl group, a 4-butoxycarbonylphenyl group, a 4-N,N-dibutylaminocarbonylphenyl group, and 4- N-butylaminosulfonylphenyl, 4-N,N-dibutylaminosulfonylphenyl, further preferably phenyl, 4-butoxycarbonylphenyl, 4-N, N-dibutylaminocarbonylphenyl, 4-N-butylaminosulfonylphenyl, 4-N,N-dibutylaminosulfonylphenyl, particularly preferably phenyl, 4-butoxycarbonylphenyl, 4-N,N-dibutylaminocarbonylphenyl, 4-N,N-dibutylaminosulfonylphenyl.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的二 烷基胺基的較佳例。此種二烷基胺基可列舉:N,N-二甲基胺基、N,N-二丁基胺基、N,N-二(2-乙基己基)胺基、N-甲基-N-苄基胺基、N,N-二(2-乙氧基乙基)胺基、N,N-二(2-羥基乙基)胺基。 Two of the above formula (4) to formula (6) which may have a substituent are shown. A preferred example of an alkylamino group. Such a dialkylamine group may, for example, be N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-dibutylamino, N,N-bis(2-ethylhexyl)amine, N-methyl- N-benzylamino, N,N-bis(2-ethoxyethyl)amino, N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的二 芳基胺基的較佳例。此種二芳基胺基可列舉:N,N-二苯基胺基、N,N-二(4-甲氧基苯基)胺基、N,N-二(4-醯基苯基)胺基。 Two of the above formula (4) to formula (6) which may have a substituent are shown. A preferred example of an arylamine group. Examples of such a diarylamine group include N,N-diphenylamino group, N,N-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)amino group, and N,N-bis(4-nonylphenyl) group. Amine.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的烷 基芳基胺基的較佳例。此種烷基芳基胺基可列舉:N-甲基-N-苯基胺基、N-苄基-N-苯基胺基、N-甲基-N-(4-甲氧基苯基)胺基。 An alkane which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of a arylamino group. Examples of such alkylarylamine groups include N-methyl-N-phenylamino group, N-benzyl-N-phenylamino group, and N-methyl-N-(4-methoxyphenyl group). Amino group.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的烷 基羰基的較佳例。此種烷基羰基可列舉:乙醯基、丙基羰基、庚基-3-羰基、2-乙基己氧基甲基羰基、苯氧基甲基羰基、2-乙基己 氧基羰基甲基羰基。 An alkane which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of a carbonyl group. Examples of such an alkylcarbonyl group include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propylcarbonyl group, a heptyl-3-carbonyl group, a 2-ethylhexyloxymethylcarbonyl group, a phenoxymethylcarbonyl group, and a 2-ethyl group. Oxycarbonylmethylcarbonyl.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的芳 基羰基的較佳例。此種芳基羰基可列舉:苯甲醯基、4-甲氧基苯甲醯基、4-乙氧基羰基苯甲醯基。 The aromatic group which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of a carbonyl group. Examples of such an arylcarbonyl group include a benzamidine group, a 4-methoxybenzylidene group, and a 4-ethoxycarbonylbenzylidene group.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的烷 基磺醯基的較佳例。此種烷基磺醯基可列舉:甲磺醯基、辛磺醯基、十二烷基磺醯基、苄基磺醯基、苯氧基丙基磺醯基。 An alkane which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of a sulfonyl group. Examples of such an alkylsulfonyl group include a methylsulfonyl group, an octylsulfonyl group, a dodecylsulfonyl group, a benzylsulfonyl group, and a phenoxypropylsulfonyl group.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的芳 基磺醯基的較佳例。此種芳基磺醯基可列舉:苯基磺醯基、2-甲氧基苯基磺醯基、4-乙氧基羰基苯基磺醯基。 The aromatic group which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of a sulfonyl group. Examples of such an arylsulfonyl group include a phenylsulfonyl group, a 2-methoxyphenylsulfonyl group, and a 4-ethoxycarbonylphenylsulfonyl group.

示出上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的烷 基磺醯胺基的較佳例。此種烷基磺醯胺基可列舉:甲基磺醯胺基、丁基磺醯胺基、羥基丙基磺醯胺基、2-乙基己基磺醯胺基、正辛基磺醯胺基、苯氧基乙基磺醯胺基、烯丙基磺醯胺基。 An alkane which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) is shown A preferred example of the sulfoximine group. Examples of such alkylsulfonylamino groups include methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, hydroxypropylsulfonylamino, 2-ethylhexylsulfonylamino, n-octylsulfonylamino , phenoxyethylsulfonylamino, allylsulfonylamino.

上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的乙烯基 磺醯胺基可列舉:乙烯基磺醯胺基、1-甲基乙烯基磺醯胺基。 a vinyl group having a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) The sulfonamide group may, for example, be a vinylsulfonylamino group or a 1-methylvinylsulfonylamino group.

上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的芳基磺 醯胺基可列舉:苯基磺醯胺基、對甲氧基苯基磺醯胺基、對乙氧基羰基磺醯胺基等。 Arylsulfone which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) The guanamine group may, for example, be a phenylsulfonylamino group, a p-methoxyphenylsulfonylamino group or a p-ethoxycarbonylsulfonylamino group.

上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的烷基羰 基胺基可列舉:甲基羰基胺基、2-乙基己醯胺基、正庚基羰基胺基、乙氧基乙氧基甲基羰基胺基等。 Alkylcarbonyl which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) Examples of the amino group include a methylcarbonylamino group, a 2-ethylhexylamino group, a n-heptylcarbonylamino group, an ethoxyethoxymethylcarbonylamino group and the like.

上述通式(4)~通式(6)中的可具有取代基的芳基羰 基胺基可列舉:苯甲醯胺基、2-甲氧基苯甲醯胺基、4-乙烯基苯甲醯胺基等。 An arylcarbonyl group which may have a substituent in the above formula (4) to formula (6) The base group may, for example, be a benzylamino group, a 2-methoxybenzamide group or a 4-vinylbenzamide group.

以下示出取代基T的例子。 An example of the substituent T is shown below.

示出烷基(較佳為碳數1~24的直鏈、分支鏈或環狀的 烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、十二烷基、十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、1-降冰片基、1-金剛烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~18的烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、3-丁烯-1-基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~24的芳基,例如苯基、萘基)、雜環基(較佳為碳數1~18的雜環基,例如2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基、1-吡啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-咪唑基、1-吡唑基、苯并三唑-1-基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3~18的矽烷基,例如三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基、三丁基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、第三己基二甲基矽烷基)、羥基、氰基、硝基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~24的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、1-丁氧基、2-丁氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、十二烷氧基,另外,若為環烷氧基,則例如為環戊氧基、環己氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~24的芳氧基,例如苯氧基、1-萘氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳為碳數1~18的雜環氧基,例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基)、矽烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~18的矽烷氧基,例如三甲基矽烷氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷氧基、二苯基甲基矽烷氧基)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2~24的醯氧基, 例如乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基(pivaloyloxy)、苯甲醯氧基、十二烷醯氧基)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~24的烷氧基羰氧基,例如乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基,另外,若為環烷氧基羰氧基,則例如為環己氧基羰氧基)、芳氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數7~24的芳氧基羰氧基,例如苯氧基羰氧基)、胺甲醯氧基(此較佳為碳數1~24的胺甲醯氧基,例如N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N-丁基胺甲醯氧基、N-苯基胺甲醯氧基、N-乙基-N-苯基胺甲醯氧基)、胺磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~24的胺磺醯氧基,例如N,N-二乙基胺磺醯氧基、N-丙基胺磺醯氧基)、烷基磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~24的烷基磺醯氧基,例如甲基磺醯氧基、十六烷基磺醯氧基、環己基磺醯氧基)、芳基磺醯氧基(較佳為碳數6~24的芳基磺醯氧基,例如苯基磺醯氧基)、醯基(較佳為碳數1~24的醯基,例如甲醯基、乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基(pivaloyl)、苯甲醯基、十四烷醯基、環己醯基)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~24的烷氧基羰基,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、十八烷氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基環己氧基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~24的芳氧基羰基,例如苯氧基羰基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~24的胺甲醯基,例如胺甲醯基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯基、N-乙基-N-辛基胺甲醯基、N,N-二丁基胺甲醯基、N-丙基胺甲醯基、N-苯基胺甲醯基、N-甲基N-苯基胺甲醯基、N,N-二環己基胺甲醯基)、胺基(較佳為碳數24以下的胺基,例如胺基、甲基胺基、N,N-二丁基胺基、十四烷基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、環己基 胺基)、苯胺基(較佳為6~24的苯胺基,例如苯胺基、N-甲基苯胺基)、雜環胺基(較佳為1~18的雜環胺基,例如4-吡啶胺基)、碳醯胺基(較佳為2~24的碳醯胺基,例如乙醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基、十四烷醯胺基、三甲基乙醯胺基、環己醯胺基)、脲基(較佳為碳數1~24的脲基,例如脲基、N,N-二甲基脲基、N-苯基脲基)、醯亞胺基(較佳為碳數24以下的醯亞胺基,例如N-琥珀醯亞胺基、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~24的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、十八烷氧基羰基胺基、環己氧基羰基胺基)、芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數7~24的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如苯氧基羰基胺基)、磺醯胺基(較佳為碳數1~24的磺醯胺基,例如甲磺醯胺基、丁磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基、十六烷磺醯胺基、環己磺醯胺基)、胺磺醯胺基(較佳為碳數1~24的胺磺醯胺基,例如N,N-二丙基胺磺醯胺基、N-乙基-N-十二烷基胺磺醯胺基)、偶氮基(較佳為碳數1~24的偶氮基,例如苯基偶氮基、3-吡唑基偶氮基)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~24的烷硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、辛硫基、環己硫基)、芳硫基(較佳為碳數6~24的芳硫基,例如苯硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數1~18的雜環硫基,例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、2-吡啶硫基、1-苯基四唑硫基)、烷基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~24的烷基亞磺醯基,例如十二烷亞磺醯基)、芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~24的芳基亞磺醯基,例如苯基亞磺醯基)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~24的烷基磺醯基,例如甲基磺醯基、 乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、2-乙基己基磺醯基、十六烷基磺醯基、辛基磺醯基、環己基磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~24的芳基磺醯基,例如苯基磺醯基、1-萘基磺醯基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數24以下的胺磺醯基,例如胺磺醯基、N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基、N-乙基-N-十二烷基胺磺醯基、N-乙基-N-苯基胺磺醯基、N-環己基胺磺醯基)、磺基、膦醯基(較佳為碳數1~24的膦醯基,例如苯氧基膦醯基、辛氧基膦醯基、苯基膦醯基)、磷醯(phosphinoyl)胺基(較佳為碳數1~24的磷醯胺基,例如二乙氧基磷醯胺基、二辛氧基磷醯胺基)。 An alkyl group (preferably a linear, branched or cyclic carbon number of 1 to 24) Alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecane Base, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-norbornyl, 1-adamantyl), alkenyl (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, 3 -buten-1-yl), aryl (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenyl or naphthyl), or a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, for example 2-thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 1-pyridyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, benzotriazole-1- a decyl group (preferably a decyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 18, such as a trimethyl decyl group, a triethyl decyl group, a tributyl decyl group, a tert-butyl dimethyl decyl group, a third hexyl group) Dimethyl decyl), hydroxy, cyano, nitro, alkoxy (preferably alkoxy having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, 1-butoxy, 2-butyl) An oxy group, an isopropoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a dodecyloxy group, and, if it is a cycloalkyloxy group, for example, a cyclopentyloxy group or a cyclohexyloxy group. An aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group or a 1-naphthyloxy group) or a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms). For example, 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), decyloxy (preferably a decyloxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as trimethyldecyloxy, third Butyl dimethyl decyloxy, diphenylmethyl decyloxy), decyloxy (preferably a decyloxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, For example, ethoxylated, pivaloyloxy, benzhydryloxy, dodecyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably alkoxy having 2 to 24 carbon atoms) a carbonyloxy group such as an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a third butoxycarbonyloxy group, and, if it is a cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy group, for example, a cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group a base (preferably an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyloxy group) or an amine methyloxy group (this is preferably an aminomethyloxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy, N-butylamine methyl methoxy, N-phenylamine methyl methoxy, N-ethyl-N-phenylamine methyl methoxy, amine a sulfonyloxy group (preferably an aminesulfonyloxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as N,N-diethylaminesulfonyloxy, N-propylaminesulfonyloxy), alkylsulfonyloxy a base (preferably an alkylsulfonyloxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonyloxy, hexadecylsulfonyloxy, cyclohexylsulfonyloxy) or an arylsulfonyloxy group ( Preferred is an arylsulfonyloxy group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, a phenylsulfonyloxy group, a fluorenyl group (preferably a fluorenyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a third group). Methyl acetamidine (pivaloyl), benzamyl, tetradecylfluorenyl, cyclohexyl), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably alkoxycarbonyl having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl) , octadecyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 24) An aryloxycarbonyl group, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, an amine methyl sulfonyl group (preferably an amine carbenyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as an amine methyl sulfonyl group, an N,N-diethylamine methyl fluorenyl group, N -ethyl-N-octylaminecarbamyl, N,N-dibutylaminecarbamyl, N-propylaminecarbamyl, N-phenylaminecarbamyl, N-methyl N-benzene An amine group, an N,N-dicyclohexylamine carbhydryl group, an amine group (preferably an amine group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as an amine group, a methylamino group, an N,N-dibutylamine) Base, tetradecylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, cyclohexyl Amino), anilino (preferably an anionic group of 6 to 24, such as an anilino group, an N-methylanilino group), a heterocyclic amino group (preferably a heterocyclic amino group of 1 to 18, such as 4-pyridine) Amino), carboguanamine group (preferably 2 to 24 carbonium amine groups, such as acetaminophen, benzhydrylamine, tetradecylguanidino, trimethylethylamine, cyclohexane) Amidino), ureido (preferably a ureido group having a carbon number of 1 to 24, such as a ureido group, an N,N-dimethylureido group, an N-phenylureido group), a quinone imine group (preferably A quinone imine group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as N-succinimide group, N-phthalimido group, or an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably an alkoxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms) Carbonylamino group, such as methoxycarbonylamino group, ethoxycarbonylamino group, tert-butoxycarbonylamino group, octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, cyclohexyloxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonyl group An amine group (preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonylamino group) or a sulfonylamino group (preferably a sulfonylamino group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonate) Amidino, sulfonamide, benzenesulfonylamino, hexadecanesulfonylamino, cyclohexylsulfonylamino), aminesulfonylamine (preferably a sulfonamide group of 1 to 24, for example, N,N-dipropylamine sulfonamide, N-ethyl-N-dodecylamamine sulfonamide, azo (preferably An azo group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, a phenylazo group, a 3-pyrazolylazo group, an alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methylthio group, B) Sulfur, octylthio, cyclohexylthio), arylthio (preferably arylthio having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio), heterocyclic thio (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 18) a heterocyclic thio group such as a 2-benzothiazolylthio group, a 2-pyridylthio group, a 1-phenyltetrazoliumthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms) An anthracenyl group such as dodecylsulfinyl), an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, such as a phenylsulfinyl group), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonyl, Ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl, hexadecylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, cyclohexyl Sulfosyl), arylsulfonyl (preferably an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenylsulfonyl, 1-naphthylsulfonyl), an aminesulfonyl group (preferably Aminesulfonyl group having a carbon number of 24 or less, such as aminsulfonyl, N,N-dipropylaminesulfonyl, N-ethyl-N-dodecylaminesulfonyl, N-ethyl-N -Phenylamine sulfonyl, N-cyclohexylamine sulfonyl), sulfo, phosphinyl (preferably a fluorenyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as phenoxyphosphonium sulfhydryl, octyloxyphosphine) Sulfhydryl, phenylphosphonium fluorenyl), phosphinoyl amine group (preferably a phosphonium amino group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as diethoxyphosphonium amino group, dioctyloxyphosphonium amine group) ).

於上述取代基為可經取代的基團的情形時,亦可經上述 各基團的任一個進一步取代。再者,於具有2個以上的取代基的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 In the case where the above substituent is a group which may be substituted, the above may also be Any of the groups is further substituted. Further, in the case of having two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.

對苯基或萘基的取代基R為通式(X)所表示的基團的 情形加以說明。 The substituent R to a phenyl or naphthyl group is a group represented by the formula (X) The situation is explained.

R11表示氫原子或碳數1~8的烷基,較佳為氫原子或甲 基,進而佳為氫原子。 R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom.

n1表示1~3的整數,更佳為1或2。於n1為2或3的 情形時,多個R11可相同亦可不同。 N1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. In the case where n1 is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 11 's may be the same or different.

Y1表示-O-、-S-、-NR13-、-SO2-或-C(=O)-,較佳為-O-、 -SO2-或-C(=O)-,更佳為-O-或-C(=O)-。 Y 1 represents -O-, -S-, -NR 13 -, -SO 2 - or -C(=O)-, preferably -O-, -SO 2 - or -C(=O)-, more Good is -O- or -C(=O)-.

R12表示一價取代基,取代基可例示上述取代基T,該 些取代基T亦可進一步經取代基T所取代。R12較佳為可具有取代 基的烷基、可具有取代基的醯基、可具有取代基的磺醯基、可具有取代基的烷氧基或可具有取代基的烷基胺基,更佳為可具有取代基的碳數1~12的烷基、可具有取代基的碳數1~12的烷氧基、可具有取代基的碳數1~12的烷基胺基。 R 12 represents a monovalent substituent, and the substituents may be exemplified by the above-mentioned substituents T, and these substituents T may be further substituted with a substituent T. R 12 is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a mercapto group which may have a substituent, a sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or an alkylamine group which may have a substituent, and It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an alkylamine group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

每一分子的R12的部分的質量較佳為200~2500,更佳 為250~1500。 The mass of the portion of R 12 per molecule is preferably from 200 to 2,500, more preferably from 250 to 1,500.

R13分別表示氫原子或碳數1~4的烷基。 R 13 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.

於上述一價基為可進一步經取代的基團的情形時,亦可 經上述各基團的任一個進一步取代。再者,於具有2個以上的取代基的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 In the case where the above monovalent group is a group which may be further substituted, It is further substituted by any of the above groups. Further, in the case of having two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.

繼而,對通式(1-4)加以說明。 Next, the general formula (1-4) will be described.

於通式(1-4)中,就對醚溶解性的效果及分子量的方 面而言,R'為碳數1~3的伸烷基。碳數1~3的伸烷基可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸正丙基、伸異丙基。較佳為伸乙基、伸丙基。 In the formula (1-4), the effect on the solubility of ether and the molecular weight In the surface, R' is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms include a methylene group, an ethyl group, an extended propyl group, and an extended isopropyl group. It is preferably an ethyl group and a propyl group.

就對醚溶解性的效果及分子量的方面而言,R"為碳數1 ~8的烷基,較佳為1~2的烷基。1~8的烷基與通式(1-3)中的R3為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 In terms of the effect on the solubility of ether and the molecular weight, R" is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 and a formula (1-3). R 3 in the same meaning is the same, and the preferred range is also the same.

就對醚溶解性的效果及分子量的觀點而言,n1為0~4 的整數,更佳為1~2的整數。 From the viewpoint of the effect of ether solubility and molecular weight, n1 is 0 to 4 An integer, preferably an integer from 1 to 2.

繼而,對作為通式(1)的中心部分的M加以描述。於 通式(1)中,M表示2個氫原子、金屬原子、金屬氧化物或金屬鹵化物。另外,金屬原子可列舉鐵、鎂、鎳、鈷、銅、鈀、鋅、 釩、鈦、銦、錫等。金屬氧化物可列舉氧化鈦、氧化釩等。金屬鹵化物可列舉:氯化鋁、氯化銦、氯化鍺、氯化錫(II)、氯化錫(IV)、氯化矽等。較佳為金屬原子、金屬氧化物或金屬鹵化物,具體而言為銅、鋅、鈷、鎳、鐵、氧化釩、氧化鈦、氯化銦、氯化錫(II),更佳為銅、氧化釩及鋅,進而佳為鋅、銅,最佳為鋅。 若中心金屬為鋅、銅,則耐熱性高,故較佳。另外,若中心金屬為鋅,則與銅的情形相比較,作為綠色的波長的520nm~545nm附近的透射率更高,於製成彩色濾光片時可提高亮度,故尤佳。 另外,對丙酮、甲醇、甲基溶纖劑等通用性溶劑的溶劑溶解性高,另外對樹脂的溶解性高而對比度變高,故尤佳。 Then, M which is a central portion of the general formula (1) will be described. to In the formula (1), M represents two hydrogen atoms, a metal atom, a metal oxide or a metal halide. In addition, the metal atom may be iron, magnesium, nickel, cobalt, copper, palladium, zinc, Vanadium, titanium, indium, tin, etc. Examples of the metal oxide include titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, and the like. Examples of the metal halide include aluminum chloride, indium chloride, barium chloride, tin (II) chloride, tin (IV) chloride, and barium chloride. Preferably, it is a metal atom, a metal oxide or a metal halide, specifically copper, zinc, cobalt, nickel, iron, vanadium oxide, titanium oxide, indium chloride, tin (II) chloride, more preferably copper, Vanadium oxide and zinc, and preferably zinc or copper, preferably zinc. If the center metal is zinc or copper, heat resistance is high, which is preferable. Further, when the center metal is zinc, the transmittance in the vicinity of 520 nm to 545 nm which is a green wavelength is higher than that in the case of copper, and the brightness can be improved when the color filter is formed, which is particularly preferable. Further, it is particularly preferable because the solvent is highly soluble in a general-purpose solvent such as acetone, methanol or methyl cellosolve, and the solubility in the resin is high and the contrast is high.

通式(1)所表示的化合物更佳為由下述通式(1-1)所 表示。 The compound represented by the formula (1) is more preferably represented by the following formula (1-1) Said.

(通式(1-1)中,Z1~Z16分別表示氫原子、鹵素原子、上述通式(1-1-2)所表示的基團、上述通式(1-3)所表示的基團或上述通式(1-4)所表示的基團,Z1~Z16中,1個~8個表示上述通式(1-1-2)所表示的基團或上述通式(1-4)所表示的基團,至少一個為鹵素原子,且至少一個為上述通式(1-1-2)所表示的基團。M表示2個氫原子、金屬原子、金屬氧化物或金屬鹵化物)通式(1-1)中的通式(1-1-2)、通式(1-3)、通式(1-4)與上述通式(1)中說明的通式(1-1-2)、通式(1-3)、通式(1-4)為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。因此,通式(1-1)中的Z1~Z16分別更佳為與一般式(1)的Z1~Z16為相同範圍。 (In the general formula (1-1), Z 1 to Z 16 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a group represented by the above formula (1-1-2), and a group represented by the above formula (1-3)) In the group represented by the above formula (1-4), one to eight of Z 1 to Z 16 represent a group represented by the above formula (1-1-2) or the above formula ( 1-4) at least one of the groups represented by a halogen atom, and at least one of the groups represented by the above formula (1-1-2). M represents 2 hydrogen atoms, metal atoms, metal oxides or Metal halide) Formula (1-1-2), Formula (1-3), Formula (1-4) in the formula (1-1) and the formula described in the above formula (1) (1-1-2), the general formula (1-3), and the general formula (1-4) have the same meanings, and the preferred ranges are also the same. Therefore, Z 1 to Z 16 in the general formula (1-1) are preferably in the same range as Z 1 to Z 16 of the general formula (1).

通式(1-1)的M與上述通式(1)中的M為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 M of the formula (1-1) has the same meaning as M in the above formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same.

以下列舉本發明中所用的通式(1)及通式(1-1)中的Z1~Z16的例子,但本發明不限定於該些例子。 Examples of Z 1 to Z 16 in the general formula (1) and the general formula (1-1) used in the present invention are listed below, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

以下列舉本發明中所用的酞青化合物的例子,但本發明當然不限定於該些例子。 The examples of the indigo compounds used in the present invention are listed below, but the present invention is of course not limited to the examples.

下述表中表示下述通式中所示的取代基及其個數。 The substituents shown in the following formula and the number thereof are shown in the following tables.

下述表中的Ar表示下述結構。 Ar in the following table represents the following structure.

上述式中,Ph為苯基。 In the above formula, Ph is a phenyl group.

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(2,6-Cl2)C6H3S}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}2.88-x{β-(2,6-Cl2)C6H3S}0.72-y,H1.6Cl10.8] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(2,6-Cl 2 )C 6 H 3 S} y ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 2.88-x {β-(2,6-Cl 2 )C 6 H 3 S} 0.72-y ,H 1.6 Cl 10.8 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-x,(β-NO2)0.2H0.6Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x ,(β- NO 2 ) 0.2 H 0.6 Cl 11.4 ]

.[Zn(C32N8.2)-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH0.6Cl11.4] . [Zn(C 32 N 8.2 )-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8 -x H 0.6 Cl 11.4 ]

.[Zn(C32.8N8)-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH1.2Cl11.4] . [Zn(C 32.8 N 8 )-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8 -x H 1.2 Cl 11.4 ]

.[Zn(C32.8N8)-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH0.8Cl11.4Br0.4] . [Zn(C 32.8 N 8 )-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8 -x H 0.8 Cl 11.4 Br 0.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-x,(β-NH2)0.2H0.6Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x ,(β- NH 2 ) 0.2 H 0.6 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-x,(β-OH)0.2H0.6Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x ,(β- OH) 0.2 H 0.6 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-x,(β-C(CH3)3)0.2H0.6Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x ,(β- C(CH 3 ) 3 ) 0.2 H 0.6 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH0.4Cl11.8] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x H 0.4 Cl 11.8 ]

.[Zn(C32N8.08)-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.96-xH0.08Cl11.88] . [Zn(C 32 N 8.08 )-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.96 -x H 0.08 Cl 11.88 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C 6H4O}3.8-xH0.8F11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x H 0.8 F 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-α-{(CH3CH(OCH3)C2H4OOC)C2H4S}0.2,{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH0.6Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-α-{(CH 3 CH(OCH 3 )C 2 H 4 OOC)C 2 H 4 S} 0.2 , {α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{ Β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x H 0.6 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-SO3C2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-SO3C2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.8-xH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-SO 3 C 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-SO 3 C 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.8-x H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOCH3)C6H4O}5.7-xH0.8Cl9.5] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 5.7-x H 0.8 Cl 9.5 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}2.28-xH0.8Cl12.92] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 2.28-x H 0.8 Cl 12.92 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}1.14-xH0.8Cl14.06] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 1.14-x H 0.8 Cl 14.06 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(2-OCH3-4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H3O}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}2.72-x,{β-(2-OCH3-4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H3O}0.68-yH2.4Cl10.2] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(2-OCH 3 -4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 3 O} y , {β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 2.72-x , {β-(2-OCH 3 -4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 3 O} 0.68-y H 2.4 Cl 10.2 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(2-COOC2H4OCH3)C10H8-6-O}x,{β-(2-COOC2H4OCH3)C10H8-6-O}3.8-xH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(2-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 10 H 8 -6-O} x ,{β-(2-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 10 H 8 -6-O} 3.8 -x H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(4-CN)C6H4O}0.96,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.04-xH2.88Cl9.12] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(4-CN)C 6 H 4 O} 0.96 ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.04-x H 2.88 Cl 9.12 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(2-C6H5)C6H4O}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.42-x,{β-(2-C6H5)C6H4O}0.38-yH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(2-C 6 H 5 )C 6 H 4 O} y ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.42-x , {β-(2-C 6 H 5 )C 6 H 4 O} 0.38-y H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(2-COOCH3)C6H4S}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.04-x,{β-(2-COOCH3)C6H4S}0.76-yH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(2-COOCH 3 )C 6 H 4 S} y ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.04-x ,{β-(2-COOCH 3 )C 6 H 4 S} 0.76-y H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(4-OCH3)C6H4O}y,{ β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.42-x,{β-(4-OCH3)C6H4O}0.38-yH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(4-OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} y , { β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.42-x ,{β-(4-OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 0.38-y H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(2-C(CH3)3)C6H4O}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}3.42-x,{β-(2-C(CH3)3)C6H4O}0.38-yH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(2-C(CH 3 ) 3 )C 6 H 4 O} y ,{β-(4 -COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 3.42-x , {β-(2-C(CH 3 ) 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 0.38-y H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-(3-COOC2H5)C6H4O}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}2.66-x,{β-(3-COOC2H5)C6H4O}1.14-yH0.8Cl11.4] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-(3-COOC 2 H 5 )C 6 H 4 O} y ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 2.66-x , {β-(3-COOC 2 H 5 )C 6 H 4 O} 1.14-y H 0.8 Cl 11.4 ]

.[ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}x,{α-C6H5O}y,{β-(4-COOC2H4OCH3)C6H4O}1.9-x{β-C6H5O}0.76-yH0.8Br1.22Cl11.32] . [ZnPc-{α-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} x ,{α-C 6 H 5 O} y ,{β-(4-COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 )C 6 H 4 O} 1.9-x {β-C 6 H 5 O} 0.76-y H 0.8 Br 1.22 Cl 11.32 ]

上述中,Pc表示酞青核,Zn表示中心金屬,緊隨Pc之後表示取代於α位上的取代基,於該取代於α位上的取代基之後表示取代於β位上的取代基,於該取代於β位上的取代基之後表示不依賴於取代位置的取代基。x、y為取代基數成為0以上的整數的正數。 In the above, Pc represents an indigo nucleus, Zn represents a central metal, and immediately after Pc represents a substituent substituted at the α position, and after substitution with the substituent at the α position, represents a substituent substituted at the β position, Substitution of the substituent at the β position means a substituent which is not dependent on the substitution position. x and y are positive numbers in which the number of substituents is 0 or more.

酞青化合物由於成為取代位置或取代數不同的混合物,故難以作為結構式而唯一地記述。另外,隨後的表中所示的取代數為混合物中的取代基個數的平均值的近似值,少數亦可取得。 Since the indigo compound is a mixture having different substitution positions or substitution numbers, it is difficult to describe it uniquely as a structural formula. Further, the number of substitutions shown in the following table is an approximation of the average value of the number of substituents in the mixture, and a few can be obtained.

鹵化酞青化合物的製造方法 Method for producing halogenated indigo compound

本發明中所用的酞青化合物的製造方法並無特別限制, 可利用先前公知的方法。較佳為於熔融狀態或有機溶劑中使鄰苯二甲腈化合物與金屬鹽進行環化反應的方法尤佳。以下,記載酞青化合物的製造方法的較佳實施形態。然而,本發明不限制於下述較佳實施形態。 The method for producing the indigo compound used in the present invention is not particularly limited. Previously known methods can be utilized. A method of cyclizing a phthalonitrile compound and a metal salt in a molten state or an organic solvent is preferred. Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of the method for producing a indigo compound will be described. However, the invention is not limited to the preferred embodiments described below.

即,可藉由以下方式來製造酞青化合物:使下述式(I) 所表示的鄰苯二甲腈化合物(1)、下述式(II)所表示的鄰苯二甲腈化合物(2)、下述式(III)所表示的鄰苯二甲腈化合物(3)及下述式(IV)所表示的鄰苯二甲腈化合物(4),與選自由金屬原子、金屬氧化物、金屬羰基、金屬鹵化物及有機酸金屬(本說明書中,亦一併稱為「金屬化合物」)所組成的組群中的一種進行環化反應。 That is, the indigo compound can be produced by the following formula (I) The phthalonitrile compound (1), the phthalonitrile compound (2) represented by the following formula (II), and the phthalonitrile compound represented by the following formula (III) (3) And the phthalonitrile compound (4) represented by the following formula (IV), which is selected from the group consisting of a metal atom, a metal oxide, a metal carbonyl group, a metal halide, and an organic acid metal (also referred to in the present specification) One of the groups consisting of "metal compounds" is subjected to a cyclization reaction.

再者,上述式(I)~式(IV)中,Z1~Z16是根據所需的酞青化合物(1)的結構來規定。具體而言,上述式(I)~式(IV)中,Z1~Z16分別與上述式(1)中的Z1~Z16的定義相同,故此處省略說明。 Further, in the above formulae (I) to (IV), Z 1 to Z 16 are defined according to the structure of the desired indigo compound (1). Specifically, in the above formulas (I) to (IV), Z 1 to Z 16 are the same as the definitions of Z 1 to Z 16 in the above formula (1), and thus the description thereof is omitted.

環化反應可藉由日本專利特開昭64-45474號公報中記載的方法等先前公知方法來合成。 The cyclization reaction can be carried out by a conventionally known method such as the method described in JP-A-64-45474.

於上述態樣中,環化反應較佳為使式(I)~式(IV)的鄰苯二甲腈化合物與選自由金屬、金屬氧化物、金屬羰基、金屬鹵化物及有機酸金屬所組成的組群中的一種於熔融狀態或有機溶劑中反應。此時可使用的金屬、金屬氧化物、金屬羰基、金屬鹵化物及有機酸金屬只要為可獲得相當於反應後所得的酞青化合物 的中心部分(通式(1)的M)者,則並無特別限制。因此可列舉:上述通式(1)中的M的項中列舉的鐵、銅、鋅、釩、鈦、銦及錫等金屬,該金屬的氯化物、溴化物、碘化物等金屬鹵素化合物,氧化釩、氧化鈦及氧化銅等金屬氧化物,乙酸鹽等有機酸金屬,以及乙醯丙酮酸鹽等錯合物化合物及羰基鐵等金屬羰基等。具體可列舉:鐵、銅、鋅、釩、鈦、銦、鎂及錫等金屬;該金屬的氯化物、溴化物、碘化物等金屬鹵素化合物,例如氯化釩、氯化鈦、氯化銅、氯化鋅、氯化鈷、氯化鎳、氯化鐵、氯化銦、氯化鋁、氯化錫、氯化鎵、氯化鍺、氯化鎂、碘化銅、碘化鋅、碘化鈷、碘化銦、碘化鋁、碘化鎵、溴化銅、溴化鋅、溴化鈷、溴化鋁、溴化鎵;一氧化釩、三氧化釩、四氧化釩、五氧化釩、二氧化鈦、一氧化鐵、三氧化二鐵、四氧化三鐵、氧化錳、一氧化鎳、一氧化鈷、三氧化二鈷、二氧化鈷、氧化亞銅、氧化銅、三氧化二銅、氧化鈀、氧化鋅、一氧化鍺及二氧化鍺等金屬氧化物;乙酸銅、乙酸鋅、乙酸鈷、苯甲酸銅、苯甲酸鋅等有機酸金屬;以及乙醯丙酮酸鹽等錯合物化合物及鈷羰基、鐵羰基、鎳羰基等金屬羰基等。該等中,較佳為金屬、金屬氧化物及金屬鹵化物,更佳為金屬鹵化物,進而佳為碘化釩、碘化銅及碘化鋅,尤佳為碘化銅及碘化鋅,最佳為碘化鋅。於使用碘化鋅的情形時,中心金屬成為鋅。金屬鹵化物中,較佳為使用碘化物的原因在於:對溶劑或樹脂的溶解性優異,所得的酞青化合物的光譜狹窄,容易控制於作為所需波長的640nm~750nm內。於環化反應時使用碘化物的情 形時光譜變狹窄的詳細機制雖不明確,但推測於使用碘化物的情形時,反應後殘存於酞青化合物中的碘與酞青化合物發生某些相互作用,於酞青化合物的層間存在碘。然而,並不限定於上述機制。為了獲得與環化反應中使用金屬碘化物的情形相同的效果,亦可利用碘對所得的酞青化合物進行處理。 In the above aspect, the cyclization reaction is preferably carried out by combining the phthalonitrile compound of the formula (I) to the formula (IV) with a metal selected from the group consisting of metals, metal oxides, metal carbonyls, metal halides and organic acid metals. One of the groups is reacted in a molten state or in an organic solvent. The metal, metal oxide, metal carbonyl, metal halide, and organic acid metal which can be used at this time are as long as the indigo compound obtained after the reaction can be obtained. The central portion (M of the general formula (1)) is not particularly limited. Therefore, a metal such as iron, copper, zinc, vanadium, titanium, indium or tin listed in the item of M in the above formula (1), a metal halide such as a chloride, a bromide or an iodide of the metal, may be mentioned. A metal oxide such as vanadium oxide, titanium oxide or copper oxide; an organic acid metal such as an acetate; a complex compound such as acetylpyruvate; and a metal carbonyl such as carbonyl iron. Specific examples thereof include metals such as iron, copper, zinc, vanadium, titanium, indium, magnesium, and tin; metal halides such as chlorides, bromides, and iodides of the metal, such as vanadium chloride, titanium chloride, and copper chloride; , zinc chloride, cobalt chloride, nickel chloride, ferric chloride, indium chloride, aluminum chloride, tin chloride, gallium chloride, barium chloride, magnesium chloride, copper iodide, zinc iodide, cobalt iodide , indium iodide, aluminum iodide, gallium iodide, copper bromide, zinc bromide, cobalt bromide, aluminum bromide, gallium bromide; vanadium pentoxide, vanadium trioxide, vanadium oxychloride, vanadium pentoxide, titanium dioxide , iron oxide, ferric oxide, ferroferric oxide, manganese oxide, nickel monoxide, cobalt monoxide, cobalt trioxide, cobalt dioxide, cuprous oxide, copper oxide, copper oxide, palladium oxide, Metal oxides such as zinc oxide, cerium oxide and cerium oxide; organic acid metals such as copper acetate, zinc acetate, cobalt acetate, copper benzoate, zinc benzoate; and complex compounds such as acetylpyruvate and cobalt carbonyl a metal carbonyl group such as an iron carbonyl group or a nickel carbonyl group. Preferably, the metal, the metal oxide and the metal halide are more preferably a metal halide, and more preferably vanadium iodide, copper iodide and zinc iodide, and particularly preferably copper iodide and zinc iodide. The best is zinc iodide. In the case of using zinc iodide, the central metal becomes zinc. Among the metal halides, the iodide is preferably used because it has excellent solubility in a solvent or a resin, and the spectrum of the obtained indigo compound is narrow and can be easily controlled within a range of 640 nm to 750 nm which is a desired wavelength. The use of iodide in the cyclization reaction Although the detailed mechanism of the narrowing of the spectrum at the time of shape is not clear, it is presumed that in the case of using iodide, the iodine remaining in the indigo compound after the reaction has some interaction with the indigo compound, and iodine exists between the layers of the indigo compound. . However, it is not limited to the above mechanism. In order to obtain the same effect as in the case of using a metal iodide in the cyclization reaction, the obtained indigo compound can also be treated with iodine.

另外,上述態樣中,另外環化反應於無溶劑中亦可進行,但較佳為使用有機溶劑來進行。有機溶劑只要為與作為起始原料的鄰苯二甲腈化合物的反應性低、較佳為不顯示出反應性的非活性的溶劑,則可為任意溶劑,例如可列舉:苯、甲苯、二甲苯、硝基苯、單氯苯、鄰氯甲苯、二氯苯、三氯苯、1-氯萘、1-甲基萘、乙二醇及苄腈等非活性溶劑;甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-己醇、1-戊醇、1-辛醇等醇;以及吡啶、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基苯乙酮、三乙胺、三正丁胺、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等非質子性極性溶劑等。 Further, in the above aspect, the cyclization reaction may be carried out in the absence of a solvent, but it is preferably carried out using an organic solvent. The organic solvent may be any solvent as long as it has low reactivity with the phthalonitrile compound as a starting material, and preferably does not exhibit reactivity, and examples thereof include benzene, toluene, and Inactive solvents such as toluene, nitrobenzene, monochlorobenzene, o-chlorotoluene, dichlorobenzene, trichlorobenzene, 1-chloronaphthalene, 1-methylnaphthalene, ethylene glycol and benzonitrile; methanol, ethanol, 1- An alcohol such as propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-hexanol, 1-pentanol or 1-octanol; and pyridine, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethyl Aprotic polar solvents such as acetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetophenone, triethylamine, tri-n-butylamine, dimethyl hydrazine, and cyclobutyl hydrazine .

該些溶劑中,較佳為使用1-氯萘、1-甲基萘、1-辛醇、二氯苯及苄腈,更佳為使用1-辛醇、二氯苯及苄腈。該些溶劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Among these solvents, 1-chloronaphthalene, 1-methylnaphthalene, 1-octanol, dichlorobenzene and benzonitrile are preferably used, and 1-octyl alcohol, dichlorobenzene and benzonitrile are more preferably used. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述態樣中的式(I)~式(IV)的鄰苯二甲腈化合物與金屬化合物的反應條件只要為進行該反應的條件,則並無特別限制,例如相對於有機溶劑100質量份,以1質量份~500質量份、較佳為10質量份~350質量份的範圍的合計量來添加上述式(I)~式(IV)的鄰苯二甲腈化合物,且以相對於該鄰苯二甲腈化合 物4莫耳而較佳為0.8莫耳~2.0莫耳、更佳為0.8莫耳~1.5莫耳的範圍來添加金屬化合物。環化時,並無特別限定,較佳為於反應溫度30℃~250℃、更佳為80℃~200℃的範圍內進行反應。反應時間並無特別限定,較佳為3小時~20小時。再者,反應後,可依照先前公知的酞青化合物的合成方法來進行過濾、清洗、乾燥,藉此高效地而且以高純度獲得可用於後續步驟中的酞青化合物。 The reaction conditions of the phthalonitrile compound of the formula (I) to the formula (IV) and the metal compound in the above-described aspect are not particularly limited as long as the reaction conditions are carried out, for example, 100 parts by mass based on the organic solvent. The phthalonitrile compound of the above formula (I) to formula (IV) is added in a total amount ranging from 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass, preferably 10 parts by mass to 350 parts by mass, with respect to the adjacent Phthaquinonitrile compound The metal compound is added in a range of from 4 moles, preferably from 0.8 moles to 2.0 moles, more preferably from 0.8 moles to 1.5 moles. The cyclization is not particularly limited, and it is preferred to carry out the reaction at a reaction temperature of from 30 ° C to 250 ° C, more preferably from 80 ° C to 200 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 3 hours to 20 hours. Further, after the reaction, filtration, washing, and drying can be carried out in accordance with a conventionally known method for synthesizing a phthalocyanine compound, whereby the phthalocyanine compound usable in the subsequent step can be obtained efficiently and in high purity.

上述態樣中,作為起始原料的式(I)~式(IV)的鄰苯二甲腈化合物可藉由先前已知的方法來合成,另外亦可使用市售品。 In the above aspect, the phthalonitrile compound of the formula (I) to the formula (IV) as a starting material can be synthesized by a previously known method, and a commercially available product can also be used.

本發明中所用的組成物中的上述染料的調配量較佳為本發明中所用的組成物中所含的著色劑的1質量%~100質量%,進而佳為50質量%~100質量%,尤佳為80質量%~100質量%。 The amount of the dye to be used in the composition used in the present invention is preferably from 1% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably from 50% by mass to 100% by mass, based on the coloring agent contained in the composition used in the present invention. More preferably, it is 80% by mass to 100% by mass.

另外,本發明中所用的組成物所含的著色劑中,酞青染料(較佳為鹵化酞青染料)的調配量較佳為55質量%~80質量%,更佳為60質量%~75質量%。 Further, in the coloring agent contained in the composition used in the present invention, the blending amount of the indigo dye (preferably the halogenated indigo dye) is preferably from 55% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 60% by mass to 75% by weight. quality%.

(顏料) (pigment)

著色劑中所用的顏料可列舉先前公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。另外,可為無機顏料亦可為有機顏料,若考慮到較佳為高透射率,則較佳為使用平均粒徑盡可能小的顏料。若亦考慮到操作性,則顏料的平均粒徑較佳為0.01μm~0.1μm,更佳為0.01μm~0.05μm。 The pigment used in the colorant may be exemplified by various inorganic pigments or organic pigments previously known. Further, the inorganic pigment may be an organic pigment, and in view of preferably having a high transmittance, it is preferred to use a pigment having an average particle diameter as small as possible. The average particle diameter of the pigment is preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.05 μm, in view of operability.

本發明中可較佳地使用的顏料例如可列舉日本專利特開2012-181512號公報的段落編號0026中記載者,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The pigment which can be preferably used in the present invention is, for example, the one described in paragraph number 0026 of JP-A-2012-181512, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外,本發明中可較佳地使用的顏料可列舉以下者。然而,本發明不限定於該些顏料。 Further, examples of the pigment which can be preferably used in the present invention include the following. However, the invention is not limited to the pigments.

顏色索引(Color Index,C.I.)顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)1、C.I.顏料黃2、C.I.顏料黃3、C.I.顏料黃4、C.I.顏料黃5、C.I.顏料黃6、C.I.顏料黃10、C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃12、C.I.顏料黃13、C.I.顏料黃14、C.I.顏料黃15、C.I.顏料黃16、C.I.顏料黃17、C.I.顏料黃18、C.I.顏料黃20、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃32、C.I.顏料黃34、C.I.顏料黃35、C.I.顏料黃35:1、C.I.顏料黃36、C.I.顏料黃36:1、C.I.顏料黃37、C.I.顏料黃37:1、C.I.顏料黃40、C.I.顏料黃42、C.I.顏料黃43、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃55、C.I.顏料黃60、C.I.顏料黃61、C.I.顏料黃62、C.I.顏料黃63、C.I.顏料黃65、C.I.顏料黃73、C.I.顏料黃74、C.I.顏料黃77、C.I.顏料黃81、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃86、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃94、C.I.顏料黃95、C.I.顏料黃97、C.I.顏料黃98、C.I.顏料黃100、C.I.顏料黃101、C.I.顏料黃104、C.I.顏料黃106、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃113、C.I.顏料黃114、C.I.顏料黃115、C.I.顏料黃116、C.I.顏料黃117、C.I.顏料黃118、C.I.顏料黃119、C.I.顏料黃120、C.I.顏料黃123、C.I.顏料黃125、C.I.顏料黃126、C.I.顏料黃127、C.I.顏料黃128、 C.I.顏料黃129、C.I.顏料黃137、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃148、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃152、C.I.顏料黃153、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃156、C.I.顏料黃161、C.I.顏料黃162、C.I.顏料黃164、C.I.顏料黃166、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃168、C.I.顏料黃169、C.I.顏料黃170、C.I.顏料黃171、C.I.顏料黃172、C.I.顏料黃173、C.I.顏料黃174、C.I.顏料黃175、C.I.顏料黃176、C.I.顏料黃177、C.I.顏料黃179、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃181、C.I.顏料黃182、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃187、C.I.顏料黃188、C.I.顏料黃193、C.I.顏料黃194、C.I.顏料黃199、C.I.顏料黃213、C.I.顏料黃214該些有機顏料可單獨使用或為了提高色純度而組合使用多種。 Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, CI Pigment Yellow 2, CI Pigment Yellow 3, CI Pigment Yellow 4, CI Pigment Yellow 5, CI Pigment Yellow 6, CI Pigment Yellow 10, CI Pigment Yellow 11 , CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow 13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 15, CI Pigment Yellow 16, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow 18, CI Pigment Yellow 20, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31 , CI Pigment Yellow 32, CI Pigment Yellow 34, CI Pigment Yellow 35, CI Pigment Yellow 35:1, CI Pigment Yellow 36, CI Pigment Yellow 36:1, CI Pigment Yellow 37, CI Pigment Yellow 37:1, CI Pigment Yellow 40, CI Pigment Yellow 42, CI Pigment Yellow 43, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 55, CI Pigment Yellow 60, CI Pigment Yellow 61, CI Pigment Yellow 62, CI Pigment Yellow 63, CI Pigment Yellow 65, CI Pigment Yellow 73, CI Pigment Yellow 74, CI Pigment Yellow 77, CI Pigment Yellow 81, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 86, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 94, CI Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 97, CI Pigment Yellow 98, CI Pigment Yellow 100, CI Pigment Yellow 101, CI Pigment Yellow 104, CI Pigment Yellow 106, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Yan Huang 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 113, CI Pigment Yellow 114, CI Pigment Yellow 115, CI Pigment Yellow 116, CI Pigment Yellow 117, CI Pigment Yellow 118, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment Yellow 123, CI Pigment Yellow 125, CI Pigment Yellow 126, CI Pigment Yellow 127, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment Yellow 137, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 148, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 152, CI Pigment Yellow 153, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 156, CI Pigment Yellow 161, CI Pigment Yellow 162, CI Pigment Yellow 164, CI Pigment Yellow 166, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 168, CI Pigment Yellow 169, CI Pigment Yellow 170, CI Pigment Yellow 171, CI Pigment Yellow 172, CI Pigment Yellow 173, CI Pigment Yellow 174, CI Pigment Yellow 175, CI Pigment Yellow 176, CI Pigment Yellow 177, CI Pigment Yellow 179, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 181, CI Pigment Yellow 182, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 187, CI Pigment Yellow 188, CI Pigment Yellow 193, CI Pigment Yellow 194, CI Pigment Yellow 199, CI Pigment Yellow 213, CI Pigment Yellow 214 Some organic pigments may be used singly or in combination for the purpose of improving color purity.

關於本發明中所用的組成物中的上述顏料的調配量,於 含有於著色硬化性組成物中的情形時,可設定為著色劑的1質量%~100質量%。藉由減少顏料的調配量,可進一步提高著色硬化性組成物中的著色劑的調配量,有更有效地發揮本發明的效果的傾向。 Regarding the amount of the above pigment in the composition used in the present invention, When it is contained in the colored curable composition, it can be set to 1% by mass to 100% by mass of the colorant. By reducing the amount of the pigment to be blended, the amount of the coloring agent in the coloring curable composition can be further increased, and the effect of the present invention tends to be more effectively exhibited.

(顏料分散物) (pigment dispersion)

於調整構成本發明的積層體的組成物使用顏料的情形 時,亦可製成顏料分散物。就提高顏料的分散性的觀點而言,亦可更添加顏料分散劑。 In the case of adjusting the composition constituting the laminate of the present invention, a pigment is used. At the same time, a pigment dispersion can also be produced. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, a pigment dispersant may be further added.

本發明中可使用的顏料分散劑可列舉:高分子分散劑[例 如聚醯胺-胺及其鹽、聚羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]及聚氧伸乙基烷基磷酸酯、聚氧伸乙基烷基胺、烷醇胺、顏料衍生物等。 The pigment dispersing agent which can be used in the present invention is exemplified by a polymer dispersing agent [Example Such as polyamine-amine and its salts, polycarboxylic acids and their salts, high molecular weight unsaturated acid esters, modified polyurethanes, modified polyesters, modified poly(meth)acrylates, (A (Acrylic copolymer), naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate] and polyoxyalkylene ethyl alkyl phosphate, polyoxyethylene ethylamine, alkanolamine, pigment derivative and the like.

高分子分散劑可根據其結構而進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure thereof.

高分子分散劑以吸附於顏料的表面而防止再凝聚的方式發揮作用。因此,可列舉具有對顏料表面的固定(anchor)部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子作為較佳結構。另一方面,顏料衍生物具有以下效果:藉由對顏料表面進行改質,而促進高分子分散劑的吸附。 The polymer dispersant functions to adsorb on the surface of the pigment to prevent re-agglomeration. Therefore, a terminal modified polymer having a anchor portion to the surface of the pigment, a graft polymer, and a block polymer are preferable. On the other hand, the pigment derivative has an effect of promoting adsorption of the polymer dispersant by modifying the surface of the pigment.

本發明中可使用的顏料分散劑亦可作為市售品而獲取,此種具體例亦可使用日本專利特開2012-173635號公報的段落編號0050中記載者、或日本專利特開2012-93396號公報的段落編號0206中記載者,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。另外,亦可較佳地使用日本專利特開2011-070156號公報的段落編號0028~段落編號0124中記載的分散劑或日本專利特開2007-277514號公報中記載的分散劑,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 The pigment dispersant which can be used in the present invention can also be obtained as a commercially available product, and the specific example can also be described in paragraph number 0050 of JP-A-2012-173635, or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-93396 The contents of the paragraph number 0206 of the Gazette are incorporated in the present specification. Further, the dispersing agent described in Paragraph No. 0028 to Paragraph No. 0124 of JP-A-2011-070156 or the dispersing agent described in JP-A-2007-277514 can be preferably used. Incorporated into this specification.

該些顏料分散劑可單獨使用,亦可組合使用兩種以上。於本發明中,尤佳為將顏料衍生物與高分子分散劑組合使用。 These pigment dispersants may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use a pigment derivative in combination with a polymer dispersant.

相對於作為著色劑的顏料100質量份,本發明的組成物中的顏料分散劑的含量較佳為1質量份~80質量份,更佳為5質 量份~70質量份。 The content of the pigment dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 1 part by mass to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment as a colorant. The amount is ~70 parts by mass.

具體而言,若為使用高分子分散劑的情形,則相對於顏 料100質量份,其使用量較佳為以質量換算計而為5質量份~100質量份的範圍。 Specifically, in the case of using a polymer dispersant, it is relative to the face. The amount of use of the material is preferably in the range of 5 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass in terms of mass.

另外,於併用顏料衍生物的情形時,相對於顏料100質 量份,顏料衍生物的使用量較佳為以質量換算計而在1質量份~30質量份的範圍內,更佳為在3質量份~20質量份的範圍內。 In addition, in the case of using a pigment derivative in combination, it is qualitative with respect to the pigment 100. The amount of the pigment derivative to be used is preferably in the range of 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass in terms of mass.

(顏料衍生物) (pigment derivative)

於含有顏料作為著色劑的情形時,為了提高分散樹脂對 顏料的吸附性,較佳為更含有顏料衍生物。所謂顏料衍生物,是指具有以酸性基、鹼性基或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基將有機顏料的一部分取代而成的結構的化合物。就分散性及分散穩定性的觀點而言,顏料衍生物較佳為含有具有酸性基或鹼性基的顏料衍生物。 In the case of containing a pigment as a coloring agent, in order to improve the dispersion resin pair The adsorptivity of the pigment preferably further contains a pigment derivative. The term "pigment derivative" means a compound having a structure in which a part of an organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimine methyl group. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the pigment derivative preferably contains a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group.

顏料衍生物例如可使用日本專利特開2011-137125號公 報的段落編號0100~段落編號0119中記載者,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 For the pigment derivative, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-137125 can be used. The contents of the paragraph number 0100 to paragraph number 0119 of the report are incorporated in the present specification.

相對於顏料的總質量,本發明的組成物中的顏料衍生物 的含量較佳為1質量%~90質量%,進而佳為3質量%~80質量%。顏料衍生物可僅使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Pigment derivatives in the composition of the present invention relative to the total mass of the pigment The content is preferably from 1% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably from 3% by mass to 80% by mass. The pigment derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(溶劑) (solvent)

顏料分散物中的溶劑只要為通常的顏料分散性組成物中所用的有機溶劑,則並無特別限定。例如可列舉:1-甲氧基-2-丙 基乙酸酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乳酸乙酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、正丙醇、2-丙醇、正丁醇、環己醇、乙二醇、二乙二醇、甲苯、二甲苯等溶劑,為了調整熔點或黏度、顏料的分散性,亦可併用該些溶劑中的多種。 The solvent in the pigment dispersion is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent used in a usual pigment dispersible composition. For example, 1-methoxy-2-propene can be cited. Acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone , such as methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, n-propanol, 2-propanol, n-butanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, toluene, xylene, etc., in order to adjust the melting point or viscosity The dispersibility of the pigment may be used in combination with a plurality of these solvents.

顏料分散物中的溶劑的含量是根據顏料分散物的用途等而適當選擇。 The content of the solvent in the pigment dispersion is appropriately selected depending on the use of the pigment dispersion or the like.

於將顏料分散物用於製備後述著色硬化性組成物的情形時,就操作性的觀點而言,能以如下方式而含有:相對於顏料分散物的除了溶劑以外的總質量,顏料與顏料分散劑的總和成為5質量%~50質量%。 When the pigment dispersion is used for the preparation of a colored curable composition described later, it can contain, in terms of workability, pigment and pigment dispersion with respect to the total mass of the pigment dispersion other than the solvent. The total amount of the agents is 5% by mass to 50% by mass.

(黃色色素) (yellow pigment)

作為本發明的實施形態的一例,可例示在酞青染料中調配黃色色素而使用。 As an example of the embodiment of the present invention, a yellow dye can be used by blending a phthalocyanine dye.

黃色色素可為染料亦可為顏料,亦可為染料與顏料的混合系,就可於不使用分散劑的情況下獲得均勻地溶解的狀態的組成物的觀點而言,較佳為染料。例如,較佳為偶氮系(例如C.I.溶劑黃(solvent yellow)162)、次甲基系(C.I.溶劑黃(solvent yellow)93)染料等。 The yellow pigment may be a dye or a pigment, or may be a mixture of a dye and a pigment, and is preferably a dye from the viewpoint of obtaining a composition in a uniformly dissolved state without using a dispersant. For example, an azo-based (for example, C.I. solvent yellow 162), a methine-based (C.I. solvent yellow 93) dye, or the like is preferable.

次甲基系染料較佳為單次甲基染料,更佳為下述通式(5)所表示的單次甲基染料。若將鹵化酞青染料與次甲基系染料組合,則有更有效地發揮本發明的效果的傾向。 The methine dye is preferably a monomethine dye, more preferably a monomethine dye represented by the following formula (5). When the halogenated indigo dye is combined with the methine dye, the effect of the present invention tends to be more effectively exhibited.

(通式(5)中,R11分別表示烷基或乙烯基,R12分別表示具有取代基的芳香族環基) (In the formula (5), R 11 represents an alkyl group or a vinyl group, respectively, and R 12 represents an aromatic ring group having a substituent, respectively)

R11較佳為碳數1~12的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。 R 11 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

R12較佳為苯基、萘基,取代基較佳為烷基磺醯胺基、乙烯基磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、烷基羰基胺基、乙烯基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基,尤佳為烷基磺醯胺基。碳數1~12的烷基亦可具有不飽和鍵,此種取代基可列舉烯丙基磺醯胺基。 R 12 is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, and the substituent is preferably alkylsulfonylamino, vinylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, alkylcarbonylamino, vinylcarbonylamino, aromatic The carbonylamino group is particularly preferably an alkylsulfonylamino group. The alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms may have an unsaturated bond, and examples of such a substituent include an allylsulfonylamino group.

另外,著色劑有時可較佳地使用酸性染料及/或其衍生物。除此以外,亦可有用地使用直接染料、鹼性染料、媒染染料、酸性媒染染料、冰染染料、分散染料、油溶染料、食品染料及/或該些染料的衍生物等。 Further, an acid dye and/or a derivative thereof may be preferably used as the colorant. Besides, direct dyes, basic dyes, mordant dyes, acid mord dyes, ice dyes, disperse dyes, oil-soluble dyes, food dyes, and/or derivatives of such dyes, and the like can also be used.

以下列舉酸性染料的具體例,但不限定於該些具體例。例如可列舉:酸性黃(acid yellow)1、酸性黃3、酸性黃7、酸性黃9、酸性黃11、酸性黃17、酸性黃23、酸性黃25、酸性黃29、酸性黃34、酸性黃36、酸性黃38、酸性黃40、酸性黃42、酸性 黃54、酸性黃65、酸性黃72、酸性黃73、酸性黃76、酸性黃79、酸性黃98、酸性黃99、酸性黃111、酸性黃112、酸性黃113、酸性黃114、酸性黃116、酸性黃119、酸性黃123、酸性黃128、酸性黃134、酸性黃135、酸性黃138、酸性黃139、酸性黃140、酸性黃144、酸性黃150、155、酸性黃157、酸性黃160、酸性黃161、酸性黃163、酸性黃168、酸性黃169、酸性黃172、酸性黃177、酸性黃178、酸性黃179、酸性黃184、酸性黃190、酸性黃193、酸性黃196、酸性黃197、酸性黃199、酸性黃202、酸性黃203、酸性黃204、酸性黃205、酸性黃207、酸性黃212、酸性黃214、酸性黃220、酸性黃221、酸性黃228、酸性黃230、酸性黃232、酸性黃235、酸性黃238、酸性黃240、酸性黃242、酸性黃243、酸性黃251;直接黃(Direct Yellow)2、直接黃33、直接黃34、直接黃35、直接黃38、直接黃39、直接黃43、直接黃47、直接黃50、直接黃54、直接黃58、直接黃68、直接黃69、直接黃70、直接黃71、直接黃86、直接黃93、直接黃94、直接黃95、直接黃98、直接黃102、直接黃108、直接黃109、直接黃129、直接黃136、直接黃138、直接黃141;食品黃(Food Yellow)3;媒染黃(Mordant Yellow)5、媒染黃8、媒染黃10、媒染黃16、媒染黃20、媒染黃26、媒染黃30、媒染黃31、媒染黃33、媒染黃42、媒染黃43、媒染黃45、媒染黃56、媒染黃50、媒染黃61、媒染黃62、媒染黃65;及該些染料的衍生物。 Specific examples of the acid dye are listed below, but are not limited to these specific examples. For example, acid yellow 1, acid yellow 3, acid yellow 7, acid yellow 9, acid yellow 11, acid yellow 17, acid yellow 23, acid yellow 25, acid yellow 29, acid yellow 34, acid yellow 36, acid yellow 38, acid yellow 40, acid yellow 42, acid Yellow 54, Acid Yellow 65, Acid Yellow 72, Acid Yellow 73, Acid Yellow 76, Acid Yellow 79, Acid Yellow 98, Acid Yellow 99, Acid Yellow 111, Acid Yellow 112, Acid Yellow 113, Acid Yellow 114, Acid Yellow 116 Acid Yellow 119, Acid Yellow 123, Acid Yellow 128, Acid Yellow 134, Acid Yellow 135, Acid Yellow 138, Acid Yellow 139, Acid Yellow 140, Acid Yellow 144, Acid Yellow 150, 155, Acid Yellow 157, Acid Yellow 160 Acid Yellow 161, Acid Yellow 163, Acid Yellow 168, Acid Yellow 169, Acid Yellow 172, Acid Yellow 177, Acid Yellow 178, Acid Yellow 179, Acid Yellow 184, Acid Yellow 190, Acid Yellow 193, Acid Yellow 196, Acidic Yellow 197, Acid Yellow 199, Acid Yellow 202, Acid Yellow 203, Acid Yellow 204, Acid Yellow 205, Acid Yellow 207, Acid Yellow 212, Acid Yellow 214, Acid Yellow 220, Acid Yellow 221, Acid Yellow 228, Acid Yellow 230 Acid yellow 232, acid yellow 235, acid yellow 238, acid yellow 240, acid yellow 242, acid yellow 243, acid yellow 251; direct yellow (Direct Yellow) 2, direct yellow 33, direct yellow 34, direct yellow 35, direct Yellow 38, Direct Yellow 39, Direct Yellow 43, Direct Yellow 47, Direct Yellow 50, Direct Yellow 54 Direct yellow 58, direct yellow 68, direct yellow 69, direct yellow 70, direct yellow 71, direct yellow 86, direct yellow 93, direct yellow 94, direct yellow 95, direct yellow 98, direct yellow 102, direct yellow 108, direct yellow 109, Direct Yellow 129, Direct Yellow 136, Direct Yellow 138, Direct Yellow 141; Food Yellow 3; Mordant Yellow 5, mordant yellow 8, mordant yellow 10, mordant yellow 16, mordant yellow 20, Mordant yellow 26, mordant yellow 30, mordant yellow 31, mordant yellow 33, mordant yellow 42, mordant yellow 43, mordant yellow 45, mordant yellow 56, mordant yellow 50, mordant yellow 61, mordant yellow 62, mordant yellow 65; Derivatives of these dyes.

另外,顏料可使用上述顏料。 Further, as the pigment, the above pigment can be used.

相對於酞青染料100質量%,本發明中所用的組成物中的上述黃色色素的調配量較佳為以10質量%~120質量%為宜,進而佳為25質量%~100質量%,尤佳為50質量%~90質量%。 The blending amount of the yellow pigment in the composition used in the present invention is preferably from 10% by mass to 120% by mass, and more preferably from 25% by mass to 100% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the indigo dye. Good is 50% by mass to 90% by mass.

[熱硬化性化合物] [thermosetting compound]

構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物含有至少一種 熱硬化性化合物。此處,所謂熱硬化性化合物,是指可藉由加熱來進行膜硬化者,通常是指藉由180℃以上的加熱而硬化的化合物。 The color hardening composition constituting the laminate of the present invention contains at least one kind Thermosetting compound. Here, the thermosetting compound means a film which can be cured by heating, and generally means a compound which is cured by heating at 180 ° C or higher.

本發明中所用的熱硬化性化合物例如可使用具有熱硬化 性官能基的化合物。熱硬化性官能基例如較佳為具有選自環氧基、羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、醯氧基甲基、異氰酸酯基、乙烯醚基及巰基中的至少一個基團者。熱硬化性化合物更佳為於一分子內具有2個以上的熱硬化性官能基者,進而佳為於一分子內具有2個以上的環氧基的化合物。 The thermosetting compound used in the present invention can be used, for example, to have thermal hardening. A functional group of compounds. The thermosetting functional group is preferably, for example, one having at least one selected from the group consisting of an epoxy group, a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, a decyloxymethyl group, an isocyanate group, a vinyl ether group, and a fluorenyl group. The thermosetting compound is more preferably a compound having two or more thermosetting functional groups in one molecule, and more preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.

另外,本發明中所用的熱硬化性化合物可列舉環氧化合 物、三聚氰胺化合物(例如烷氧基甲基化三聚氰胺化合物、醯氧基甲基化三聚氰胺化合物)、脲化合物(例如烷氧基甲基化脲化合物、醯氧基甲基化脲化合物)、酚化合物(例如羥基甲基化酚化合物或者烷氧基甲基化酚化合物或樹脂、及烷氧基甲基醚化酚化合物)等作為較佳例,更佳為環氧化合物、三聚氰胺化合物,進而佳為環氧化合物。 Further, the thermosetting compound used in the present invention may be epoxidized. , melamine compound (such as alkoxymethylated melamine compound, decyloxymethylated melamine compound), urea compound (such as alkoxymethylated urea compound, decyloxymethylated urea compound), phenolic compound (e.g., a hydroxymethylated phenol compound, an alkoxymethylated phenol compound or resin, and an alkoxymethyletherified phenol compound), etc., as a preferable example, more preferably an epoxy compound or a melamine compound, and further preferably Epoxy compound.

本發明中所用的熱硬化性化合物為低分子化合物(例如分子量小於2000,進而分子量小於1000)或為高分子化合物(例如分子量為1000以上,聚合物的情況下重量平均分子量為1000以上)均可。本發明中,較佳為分子量1000以上者,更佳為分子量2000~100000者。於本發明中,尤佳為於一分子中具有2個以上的環氧基、且分子量為1000以上的化合物。 The thermosetting compound used in the present invention may be a low molecular compound (for example, having a molecular weight of less than 2,000 and further having a molecular weight of less than 1,000) or a polymer compound (for example, having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more and a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more in the case of a polymer) . In the present invention, those having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more are preferred, and those having a molecular weight of from 2,000 to 100,000 are more preferred. In the present invention, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule and having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more is particularly preferable.

<環氧化合物> <epoxy compound>

於環氧化合物為低分子化合物的情形時,可列舉下述通式(EP1)所表示的化合物。 When the epoxy compound is a low molecular compound, a compound represented by the following formula (EP1) can be mentioned.

式(EP1)中,REP1~REP3分別表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基,該烷基亦可具有環狀結構,另外,亦可具有取代基。另外,REP1與REP2、REP2與REP3亦可相互鍵結而形成環結構。烷基可具有的取代基例如可列舉:羥基、氰基、烷氧基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰氧基、烷硫基、烷基磺酸基、烷基磺醯基、烷基胺基、烷基醯胺基等。 In the formula (EP1), R EP1 to R EP3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and the alkyl group may have a cyclic structure or may have a substituent. Further, R EP1 and R EP2 , R EP2 and R EP3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Examples of the substituent which the alkyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonic acid group, an alkylsulfonyl group. , an alkylamino group, an alkyl guanamine group, and the like.

QEP表示單鍵或nEP價的有機基。REP1~REP3亦可與QEP鍵結而形成環結構。 Q EP represents a single bond or an organic group of n EP valence. R EP1 ~ R EP3 may also bond with Q EP to form a ring structure.

nEP表示2以上的整數,較佳為2~10,進而佳為2~6。 其中,於QEP為單鍵的情形時,nEP為2。 n EP represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2 to 10, and more preferably 2 to 6. Wherein, in the case where Q EP is a single bond, n EP is 2.

於QEP為nEP價的有機基的情形時,較佳為鏈狀或環狀的nEP價的飽和烴基(較佳為碳數2~20)、nEP價的芳香環基(較佳為碳數6~30)、或具有以下結構的nEP價的有機基等,上述結構為於鏈狀或環狀的飽和烴或芳香族烴上,連結有醚基、酯基、醯胺基、磺醯胺基、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~4,更佳為亞甲基)等2價連結基、-N(-)2等3價連結基或該些基團的組合而成的結構。 In the case where Q EP is an organic group having an n EP valence, a chain or cyclic n EP valence saturated hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 20) and an n EP valent aromatic ring group are preferred. The above-mentioned structure is a chain or a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon or an aromatic hydrocarbon, and is bonded to an ether group, an ester group, or a guanamine group, in an organic group having a carbon number of 6 to 30) or an n EP having the following structure. a divalent linking group such as a sulfonylamino group, an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4, more preferably a methylene group), a trivalent linking group such as -N(-) 2 or a combination of the groups The structure.

以下例示具有環氧結構的化合物的具體例,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the compound having an epoxy structure are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

本發明中所用的環氧化合物亦較佳為於側鏈上具有環氧 基的低聚物或聚合物。此種化合物可列舉:雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、脂肪族環氧樹脂等。 The epoxy compound used in the present invention is also preferably epoxy on the side chain. A base oligomer or polymer. Examples of such a compound include a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a phenol novolak type epoxy resin, a cresol novolak type epoxy resin, and an aliphatic epoxy resin.

該些化合物可使用市售品,亦可藉由對聚合物的側鏈導 入環氧基而獲得。 These compounds can be used as commercially available products, or by side chain conduction to the polymer. Obtained by entering an epoxy group.

關於市售品,例如雙酚A型環氧樹脂為JER827、JER828、 JER834、JER1001、JER1002、JER1003、JER1055、JER1007、JER1009、JER1010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1050、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1051、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1055(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等;雙酚F型環氧樹脂為JER806、JER807、JER4004、JER4005、JER4007、JER4010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)830、艾比克隆(EPICLON)835(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),LCE-21、RE-602S(以上為日本化藥(股)製造)等;苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為JER152、JER154、JER157S70、JER157S65(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-770、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-775(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等;甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-660、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-665、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-670、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-673、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-680、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-690、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),EOCN-1020(以上為日本化藥(股)製造)等;脂肪族環氧樹脂為艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4085S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4088S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),塞羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、塞羅西德(Celloxide)2081、塞羅西德(Celloxide)2083、塞羅西德(Celloxide)2085、 EHPE3150、艾伯利德(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、艾伯利德(EPOLEAD)PB 4700(以上為大賽璐化學工業(股)製造),代拿考爾(Denacol)EX-212L、代拿考爾(Denacol)EX-214L、代拿考爾(Denacol)EX-216L、代拿考爾(Denacol)EX-321L、代拿考爾(Denacol)EX-850L(以上為長瀨化成(Nagase Chemtex)(股)製造)等。 除此以外,亦可列舉:艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4000S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4003S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4010S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4011S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),JER1031S(日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)等。 For commercial products, for example, bisphenol A type epoxy resin is JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 860, EPICLON 1050, Epiclon 1051, EPICLON 1055 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.); bisphenol F type epoxy resin is JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above is Japanese epoxy resin) (Stock) manufacturing), Abilon (EPICLON) 830, Abicone (EPICLON) 835 (above is made by Di Aisheng (DIC) (share)), LCE-21, RE-602S (above is Japanese chemical medicine (shares) Manufacture), etc.; phenol novolak type epoxy resin is JER152, JER154, JER157S70, JER157S65 (above is made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon (EPICLON) N-740, Epiclon (EPICLON) N -770, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-775 (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.); cresol novolac type epoxy resin is Epiclon N-660, Abby clone ( EPICLON) N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, Abby EPICLON N-695 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), EOCN-1020 (above manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.; aliphatic epoxy resin is Adeco resin (ADEKA RESIN) ) EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above ADEKA), Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above produced by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-212L, Dina Kaul ( Denacol) EX-214L, Denacol EX-216L, Denacol EX-321L, Denacol EX-850L (above is Nagase Chemtex) ) Manufacturing) and so on. In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, Adeco resin (ADEKA) RESIN)EP-4011S (above is made by ADEKA), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above is Edico ( ADEKA) (manufactured by Japan), JER1031S (manufactured by Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.), etc.

於向聚合物側鏈上導入來進行合成的情形時,導入反應例如可藉由以下反應來進行:將三乙胺、苄基甲基胺等三級胺、氯化十二烷基三甲基銨、氯化四甲基銨、氯化四乙基銨等四級銨鹽、吡啶、三苯基膦等作為觸媒,於有機溶劑中於反應溫度50℃~150℃下進行幾小時~幾十時間反應。脂環式環氧不飽和化合物的導入量較佳為以成為所得的聚合物的酸值滿足5KOH.mg/g~200KOH.mg/g的範圍的方式控制。另外,分子量以重量平均分子量計而較佳為500~5000000,進而佳為1000~500000的範圍。 In the case of introducing into a polymer side chain for synthesis, the introduction reaction can be carried out, for example, by a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylmethylamine or dodecyltrimethyl chloride. Ammonium, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride and other quaternary ammonium salts, pyridine, triphenylphosphine, etc. as a catalyst, in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 ° C ~ 150 ° C for several hours ~ a few Ten time response. The introduction amount of the alicyclic epoxy unsaturated compound is preferably such that the acid value of the obtained polymer satisfies 5 KOH. Mg/g~200KOH. The manner of the range of mg/g is controlled. Further, the molecular weight is preferably from 500 to 5,000,000, and more preferably from 1,000 to 500,000, based on the weight average molecular weight.

環氧不飽和化合物亦可使用(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯或烯丙基縮水甘油醚等具有縮水甘油基作為環氧基者,較佳為具有脂環式環氧基的不飽和化合物。此種化合物例如可例示以下的化 合物。 As the epoxy-unsaturated compound, a glycidyl group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate or allyl glycidyl ether may be used as the epoxy group, and an unsaturated compound having an alicyclic epoxy group is preferred. Such a compound can be exemplified by the following Compound.

<三聚氰胺化合物、脲化合物、其他熱硬化性化合物> <melamine compound, urea compound, other thermosetting compound>

本發明中所用的熱硬化性化合物亦較佳為以下的具有N- 羥基甲基、N-烷氧基甲基或N-醯氧基甲基的化合物。此種化合物通常是作為三聚氰胺化合物、脲化合物而提供。 The thermosetting compound used in the present invention is also preferably the following having N- A compound of a hydroxymethyl group, an N-alkoxymethyl group or an N-methoxymethyl group. Such a compound is usually provided as a melamine compound or a urea compound.

具有N-羥基甲基、N-烷氧基甲基或N-醯氧基甲基的化合 物較佳為具有2個以上(更佳為2個~8個)的下述通式(CLNM-1)所表示的部分結構的化合物。 a compound having an N-hydroxymethyl group, an N-alkoxymethyl group or an N-methoxymethyl group The compound is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (CLNM-1) of two or more (more preferably two to eight).

於通式(CLNM-1)中,RNM1表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基或側氧基烷基。 In the formula (CLNM-1), R NM1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a pendant oxyalkyl group.

通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1的烷基較佳為碳數1~6的直鏈或分支的烷基。RNM1的環烷基較佳為碳數5~6的環烷基。RNM1的氧雜烷基較佳為碳數3~6的氧雜烷基,例如可列舉:β-側氧基丙基、β-側氧基丁基、β-側氧基戊基、β-側氧基己基等。 The alkyl group of R NM1 in the formula (CLNM-1) is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group of R NM1 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. The oxaalkyl group of R NM1 is preferably an oxaalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include β-side oxypropyl group, β-side oxybutyl group, β-side oxypentyl group, and β. - a pendant oxyhexyl group or the like.

具有2個以上的通式(CLNM-1)所表示的部分結構的化合物的更佳態樣可列舉:下述通式(CLNM-2)所表示的脲化合物、下述通式(CLNM-3)所表示的伸烷基脲化合物、下述通式(CLNM-4)所表示的甘脲(glycoluril)化合物、下述通式(CLNM-5)所表示的三聚氰胺化合物。 A more preferable aspect of the compound having a partial structure represented by two or more formulas (CLNM-1) is a urea compound represented by the following formula (CLNM-2), and the following formula (CLNM-3) The alkylene urea compound represented by the above formula, the glycoluril compound represented by the following formula (CLNM-4), and the melamine compound represented by the following formula (CLNM-5).

於通式(CLNM-2)中,RNM1分別與通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1相同。RNM2分別表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、 或環烷基(較佳為碳數5~6)。 In the formula (CLNM-2), R NM1 is the same as R NM1 in the formula (CLNM-1), respectively. R NM2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), or a cycloalkyl group (preferably, a carbon number of 5 to 6).

通式(CLNM-2)所表示的脲化合物的具體例例如可列舉:N,N-二(甲氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(乙氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(丙氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(異丙氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(丁氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(第三丁氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(環己氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(環戊氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(金剛烷氧基甲基)脲、N,N-二(降冰片氧基甲基)脲等。 Specific examples of the urea compound represented by the formula (CLNM-2) include N,N-bis(methoxymethyl)urea, N,N-bis(ethoxymethyl)urea, and N,N. - bis(propoxymethyl)urea, N,N-bis(isopropoxymethyl)urea, N,N-bis(butoxymethyl)urea, N,N-di(third butoxide) Methyl)urea, N,N-bis(cyclohexyloxymethyl)urea, N,N-bis(cyclopentyloxymethyl)urea, N,N-bis(adamantyloxymethyl)urea , N, N-di (norbornyloxymethyl) urea, and the like.

於通式(CLNM-3)中,RNM1分別與通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1相同。RNM3分別表示氫原子、羥基、直鏈或分支的烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、環烷基(較佳為碳數5~6)、側氧基烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~6)或側氧基烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~6)。 In the formula (CLNM-3), R NM1 is the same as R NM1 in the formula (CLNM-1), respectively. R NM3 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 5 to 6), and a pendant oxyalkyl group (preferably, The carbon number is 1 to 6), the alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms) or the pendant oxyalkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).

G表示單鍵、氧原子、硫原子、伸烷基(較佳為碳數1 ~3)或羰基。更具體可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、1-甲基伸乙基、羥基亞甲基、氰基亞甲基等。 G represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1) ~3) or carbonyl. More specifically, a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a 1-methylethyl group, a hydroxymethylene group, a cyanomethylene group, etc. may be mentioned.

通式(CLNM-3)所表示的伸烷基脲化合物的具體例例如可列舉:N,N-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二(甲氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N- 二(乙氧基甲基)-4,5-二(乙氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(丙氧基甲基)-4,5-二(丙氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(異丙氧基甲基)-4,5-二(異丙氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(丁氧基甲基)-4,5-二(丁氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(第三丁氧基甲基)-4,5-二(第三丁氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(環己氧基甲基)-4,5-二(環己氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(環戊氧基甲基)-4,5-二(環戊氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(金剛烷氧基甲基)-4,5-二(金剛烷氧基甲基)伸乙基脲、N,N-二(降冰片氧基甲基)-4,5-二(降冰片氧基甲基)伸乙基脲等。 Specific examples of the alkylene urea compound represented by the formula (CLNM-3) include, for example, N,N-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-di(methoxymethyl)ethylidene. Urea, N, N- Di(ethoxymethyl)-4,5-di(ethoxymethyl)exylethylurea, N,N-bis(propoxymethyl)-4,5-di(propoxymethyl) Ethyl urea, N,N-bis(isopropoxymethyl)-4,5-di(isopropoxymethyl)exylethyl, N,N-di(butoxymethyl) -4,5-bis(butoxymethyl)-extended ethylurea, N,N-bis(t-butoxymethyl)-4,5-di(t-butoxymethyl)-extended ethyl Urea, N,N-bis(cyclohexyloxymethyl)-4,5-di(cyclohexyloxymethyl)-extended ethylurea, N,N-di(cyclopentyloxymethyl)-4, 5-bis(cyclopentyloxymethyl)-extended ethylurea, N,N-di(adamantyloxymethyl)-4,5-di(adamantyloxymethyl)-extended ethylurea, N, N-di(norbornyloxymethyl)-4,5-di(norbornyloxymethyl)-extension ethyl urea and the like.

於通式(CLNM-4)中, In the formula (CLNM-4),

RNM1分別與通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1相同。 R NM1 is the same as R NM1 in the formula (CLNM-1), respectively.

RNM4分別表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、環烷基或烷氧基。 R NM4 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group, respectively.

RNM4的烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、環烷基(較佳為碳數5~6)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~6)更具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丁基、環戊基、環己基、甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等。 The alkyl group of R NM4 (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 5 to 6), an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), more specifically, a methyl group. , ethyl, butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, and the like.

通式(CLNM-4)所表示的甘脲化合物的具體例例如可列舉:N,N,N,N-四(甲氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(乙氧基甲基)甘 脲、N,N,N,N-四(丙氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(異丙氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(丁氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(第三丁氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(環己氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(環戊氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(金剛烷氧基甲基)甘脲、N,N,N,N-四(降冰片氧基甲基)甘脲等。 Specific examples of the glycoluril compound represented by the formula (CLNM-4) include, for example, N,N,N,N-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, N,N,N,N-tetra (B Oxymethylmethyl) Urea, N, N, N, N-tetrakis (propoxymethyl) glycoluril, N, N, N, N-tetrakis(isopropoxymethyl) glycoluril, N, N, N, N-four (butoxymethyl) glycoluril, N,N,N,N-tetrakis(t-butoxymethyl)glycoluril, N,N,N,N-tetrakis(cyclohexyloxymethyl)glycoluril , N,N,N,N-tetrakis(cyclopentyloxymethyl)glycoluril, N,N,N,N-tetrakis(adamantyloxymethyl)glycoluril, N,N,N,N-four (norbornyloxymethyl) glycoluril and the like.

於通式(CLNM-5)中,RNM1分別與通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1相同。RNM5分別表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基或下述通式(CLNM-5')所表示的原子團。RNM6表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基或下述通式(CLNM-5")所表示的原子團。 In the formula (CLNM-5), R NM1 is the same as R NM1 in the formula (CLNM-1), respectively. R NM5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an atomic group represented by the following formula (CLNM-5'). R NM6 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an atomic group represented by the following formula (CLNM-5").

於通式(CLNM-5')中,RNM1與通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1相同。於通式(CLNM-5")中,RNM1與通式(CLNM-1)中的RNM1相同,RNM5與通式(CLNM-5)中的RNM5相同。 In the general formula (CLNM-5 '), the same as R NM1 general formula (CLNM-1) is R NM1. In the general formula (CLNM-5 "), the same as R NM1 general formula (CLNM-1) in the R NM1, R NM5 the same as in the general formula (CLNM-5) in the R NM5.

RNM5及RNM6的烷基(較佳為碳數1~6)、環烷基(較佳 為碳數5~6)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~10)更具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基、苯基、萘基等。 R NM5 and R NM6 have an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 5 to 6), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10). More specifically, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, naphthyl and the like.

通式(CLNM-5)所表示的三聚氰胺化合物例如可列舉:N,N,N,N,N,N-六(甲氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(乙氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(丙氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(異丙氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(丁氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(第三丁氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(環己氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(環戊氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(金剛烷氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(降冰片氧基甲基)三聚氰胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(甲氧基甲基)乙醯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(乙氧基甲基)乙醯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(丙氧基甲基)乙醯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(異丙氧基甲基)乙醯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(丁氧基甲基)乙醯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(第三丁氧基甲基)乙醯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(甲氧基甲基)苯胍胺(benzoguanamine)、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(乙氧基甲基)苯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(丙氧基甲基)苯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(異丙氧基甲基)苯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(丁氧基甲基)苯胍胺、N,N,N,N,N,N-六(第三丁氧基甲基)苯胍胺等。 Examples of the melamine compound represented by the formula (CLNM-5) include N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(methoxymethyl)melamine, N,N,N,N,N,N- Hexa(ethoxymethyl)melamine, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(propyloxymethyl)melamine, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(isopropoxy Methyl) melamine, N, N, N, N, N, N-hexa(butoxymethyl) melamine, N, N, N, N, N, N-hexa(t-butoxymethyl) melamine , N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(cyclohexyloxymethyl)melamine, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(cyclopentyloxymethyl)melamine, N,N ,N,N,N,N-hexa (adamantyloxymethyl)melamine, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(norbornyloxymethyl)melamine, N,N,N,N ,N,N-hexa(methoxymethyl)acetamide, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(ethoxymethyl)acetamide, N,N,N,N ,N,N-hexa(propyloxymethyl)acetamide, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(isopropoxymethyl)acetamide, N,N,N, N,N,N-hexa(butoxymethyl)acetamide, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(t-butoxymethyl)acetamide, N,N, N,N,N,N-hexa(methoxymethyl)benzoguanamine, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(ethoxymethyl)benzamide, N,N ,N,N,N,N-hexa(propyloxymethyl)benzamide N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(isopropoxymethyl)benzoguanamine, N,N,N,N,N,N-hexa(butoxymethyl)benzoquinone, N , N, N, N, N, N-hexa(t-butoxymethyl)benzamide and the like.

通式(CLNM-1)~通式(CLNM-5)中的RNM1~RNM6所表示的基團亦可更具有取代基。RNM1~RNM6可具有的取代基例如可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、硝基、氰基、羧基、環烷基(較佳 為碳數3~20)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~20)、環烷氧基(較佳為碳數3~20)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~20)、醯氧基(較佳為碳數2~20)等。 The group represented by R NM1 to R NM6 in the formula (CLNM-1) to the formula (CLNM-5) may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which R NM1 to R NM6 may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20), and an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6). ~14), alkoxy group (preferably carbon number 1 to 20), cycloalkoxy group (preferably carbon number 3 to 20), mercapto group (preferably carbon number 2 to 20), decyloxy group ( Preferably, the carbon number is 2 to 20).

以下,例示具有2個以上的上述通式(CLNM-1)所表示的部分結構的化合物的具體例,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。除了下述所示的化合物以外,亦可較佳地使用下述並未例示的三和化學公司製造的尼卡拉克(Nikalac)系列的化合物。 Specific examples of the compound having two or more partial structures represented by the above formula (CLNM-1) are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. In addition to the compounds shown below, a Nikalac series of compounds manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd., which is not exemplified below, may preferably be used.

<酚化合物> <phenol compound>

酚化合物可列舉:於分子內含有3個~5個苯環,進而具有合計2個以上的羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基,使該羥基甲基、烷氧基甲基集中鍵結於至少任一個苯環上,或分開鍵結於不同苯環上而成的酚化合物。鍵結於苯環上的烷氧基甲基較佳為碳數6個以下。具體而言,較佳為甲氧基甲基、乙氧基甲基、正丙氧基甲基、異丙氧基甲基、正丁氧基甲基、異丁氧基甲基、第二丁氧基甲基、第三丁氧基甲基。進而,亦較佳為如2-甲氧基乙氧基及2-甲氧基 -1-丙氧基般經烷氧基取代的烷氧基。 Examples of the phenol compound include three to five benzene rings in the molecule, and further two or more hydroxymethyl groups or alkoxymethyl groups, and the hydroxymethyl group and the alkoxymethyl group are bonded to each other at least. a phenolic compound formed on either benzene ring or separately bonded to different benzene rings. The alkoxymethyl group bonded to the benzene ring preferably has 6 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, n-propoxymethyl, isopropoxymethyl, n-butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, and second butyl are preferred. Oxymethyl group, third butoxymethyl group. Further, it is also preferably, for example, 2-methoxyethoxy and 2-methoxy Alkoxy substituted with alkoxy as -1-propoxy.

熱硬化性化合物更佳為於分子內具有2個以上的苯環的酚化合物,另外,較佳為不含氮原子的酚化合物。 The thermosetting compound is more preferably a phenol compound having two or more benzene rings in the molecule, and is preferably a phenol compound containing no nitrogen atom.

熱硬化性化合物較佳為於每一分子中具有2個~8個熱硬化性官能基的酚化合物,更佳為具有3個~6個熱硬化性官能基。 The thermosetting compound is preferably a phenol compound having 2 to 8 thermosetting functional groups per molecule, and more preferably having 3 to 6 thermosetting functional groups.

該些酚化合物中,以下列舉尤佳的化合物。式中,L1~L8表示烷氧基甲基等熱硬化性官能基,可相同亦可不同,熱硬化性官能基較佳為表示羥基甲基、甲氧基甲基或乙氧基甲基。 Among these phenol compounds, particularly preferred compounds are listed below. In the formula, L 1 to L 8 each represent a thermosetting functional group such as an alkoxymethyl group, and may be the same or different, and the thermosetting functional group preferably represents a hydroxymethyl group, a methoxymethyl group or an ethoxy group. base.

熱硬化性化合物亦可使用市售品,另外亦可利用公知的方法來合成。例如具有羥基甲基的酚化合物可藉由以下方式而獲得:使對應的不具有羥基甲基的酚化合物(上述式中,L1~L8為氫原子的化合物)與甲醛於鹼觸媒下反應。此時,為了防止樹脂化或凝膠化,較佳為使反應溫度為60℃以下來進行反應。具體而言,可利用日本專利特開平6-282067號、日本專利特開平7-64285號公報等中記載的方法來進行合成。 A commercially available product may be used as the thermosetting compound, or may be synthesized by a known method. For example, a phenol compound having a hydroxymethyl group can be obtained by reacting a corresponding phenol compound having no hydroxymethyl group (in the above formula, a compound in which L 1 to L 8 are a hydrogen atom) and formaldehyde under a base catalyst reaction. At this time, in order to prevent resination or gelation, it is preferred to carry out the reaction by setting the reaction temperature to 60 ° C or lower. Specifically, the synthesis can be carried out by the method described in JP-A-H06-282067, JP-A-H07-64285, and the like.

具有烷氧基甲基的酚化合物可藉由以下方式而獲得:使對應的具有羥基甲基的酚化合物與醇於酸觸媒下反應。此時,為了防止樹脂化或凝膠化,較佳為使反應溫度為100℃以下來進行反應。具體而言,可利用EP632003A1等中記載的方法來進行合成。如此而合成的具有羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基的酚化合物於保存時的穩定性的方面而言較佳,具有烷氧基甲基的酚化合物就保存時的穩定性的觀點而言尤佳。具有合計2個以上的羥基甲基或烷氧基甲基、且使該些基團集中鍵結於任一苯環上或分開鍵結於不同苯環上的此種酚化合物可單獨使用,另外亦可組合使用兩種以上。 The phenol compound having an alkoxymethyl group can be obtained by reacting a corresponding phenol compound having a hydroxymethyl group with an alcohol under an acid catalyst. At this time, in order to prevent resination or gelation, it is preferred to carry out the reaction at a reaction temperature of 100 ° C or lower. Specifically, the synthesis can be carried out by the method described in EP632003A1 or the like. The phenol compound having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group synthesized in this manner is preferable in terms of stability at the time of storage, and the phenol compound having an alkoxymethyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of stability during storage. good. The phenolic compound having a total of two or more hydroxymethyl groups or alkoxymethyl groups and which is bonded to any one of the benzene rings or separately bonded to different benzene rings may be used alone. Two or more types may be used in combination.

於本發明中,熱硬化性化合物可單獨使用,亦可組合使用兩種以上。 In the present invention, the thermosetting compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物中的熱硬化性化合物的總含量視原材料而不同,相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分(質量),較佳為5質量%~40質量%,更佳為7質量%~35質量%,尤佳為10質量%~30質量%。於本發明中,藉由設定為此種熱硬化性化合物的調配量,可獲得以下效果:可獲得耐化學品性優異的硬化膜。 The total content of the thermosetting compound in the colored curable composition of the layered product of the present invention varies depending on the material, and is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass based on the total solid content (mass) of the colored curable composition. % is more preferably 7 mass% to 35 mass%, and particularly preferably 10 mass% to 30 mass%. In the present invention, by setting the amount of the thermosetting compound, the following effects can be obtained: a cured film excellent in chemical resistance can be obtained.

[溶劑] [solvent]

構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物含有至少溶解染料及熱硬化性化合物的溶劑(通常為有機溶劑)。 The colored curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention contains a solvent (usually an organic solvent) which dissolves at least the dye and the thermosetting compound.

有機溶劑可較佳地列舉:作為酯類的例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸 甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧雜丁酸甲酯、2-氧雜丁酸乙酯等;以及作為醚類的例如二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等;以及作為酮類的例如甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;以及作為芳香族烴類的例如甲苯、二甲苯等。 The organic solvent may preferably be exemplified by esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, and isopropyl butyrate. Ester, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg methoxy) Methyl acetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-oxopropionate (eg 3-oxo) Methyl propyl propionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (eg methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-B Ethyl oxypropionate, etc.), alkyl 2-oxopropionate (for example, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. For example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate )), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate (eg 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionic acid) Ester, 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate etc.), pyruvic acid Methyl ester, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxabutyrate, ethyl 2-oxabutyrate, etc.; and as ethers, for example Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, two Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc.; and as a ketone such as a Base ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; and, for example, toluene, xylene, and the like as an aromatic hydrocarbon.

就塗佈面狀的改良等觀點而言,該些溶劑亦較佳為混合兩種以上的形態。於該情形時,尤佳為由選自以下溶劑中的兩種以上所構成的混合溶液:上述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯。 From the viewpoints of improvement of the coated surface, etc., it is preferable that these solvents are mixed in two or more forms. In this case, a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve is particularly preferable. Acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl Carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,著色硬化性組成物中的溶劑的含量較佳為設定為著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5質量%~30質量%的量,進而佳為7質量%~25質量%,尤佳為10質量%~20質量%。 In view of the coating property, the content of the solvent in the coloring curable composition is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the colored curable composition is from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and further preferably 7 mass%. %~25% by mass, particularly preferably 10% by mass to 20% by mass.

<各種添加物> <various additives>

構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物可於不損及本發明效果的範圍內,視需要而調配各種添加物,例如界面活性劑、酸酐、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫 外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。 The colored curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention can be formulated with various additives such as a surfactant, an acid anhydride, a hardener, a hardening catalyst, a filler, and an adhesive, as needed within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Promoter, antioxidant, purple External absorbent, anti-agglomerating agent, etc.

<界面活性劑> <Surfactant>

就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物亦可添加各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑可使用:氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。 From the viewpoint of further improving the coating property, various coloring agents can be added to the colored curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

尤其構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,製備成塗佈液時的溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,故可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。 In particular, the coloring curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention further improves the solution characteristics (particularly fluidity) when the coating liquid is prepared by containing a fluorine-based surfactant, so that the uniformity of the coating thickness can be further improved. Or liquid-saving.

即,於使用應用含有氟系界面活性劑的著色硬化性組成物的塗佈液來進行膜形成的情形時,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力降低,對被塗佈面的濡濕性得到改善,對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,於以下方面有效:即便於以少量的液量來形成幾微米(μm)左右的薄膜的情形時,亦可更佳地進行厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜形成。 In other words, when the film formation is performed using a coating liquid using a coloring curable composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interface surface is coated with the coating liquid to lower the interfacial tension, and the coated surface is coated. The wettability is improved, and the coatability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, it is effective in the case where a film having a thickness of a few micrometers (μm) is formed with a small amount of liquid, a film having a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness can be more preferably formed.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,尤佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率在該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑於塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面有效,於著色硬化性組成物中的溶解性亦良好。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content in this range is effective in the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property, and the solubility in the colored curable composition is also good.

氟系界面活性劑例如可列舉美佳法(Megafac)F781(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F781 (the above is manufactured by DiCai (DIC) Co., Ltd.).

界面活性劑可僅使用一種,亦可組合使用兩種以上。 The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

著色硬化性組成物可含有界面活性劑亦可不含界面活性劑,於含有界面活性劑的情形時,相對於著色硬化性組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 The colored curable composition may contain a surfactant or may not contain a surfactant. When the surfactant is contained, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 0.001% by mass based on the total mass of the colored curable composition. 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass.

再者,於界面活性劑為高分子化合物(即樹脂)的情形時,該高分子化合物的固體成分酸值是設定為80mgKOH/g以下。 In the case where the surfactant is a polymer compound (that is, a resin), the solid content acid value of the polymer compound is set to 80 mgKOH/g or less.

<酸酐> <Acid anhydride>

構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物亦可含有酸酐。藉由含有酸酐,可提高由熱硬化性化合物、特別是環氧化合物的熱硬化所得的交聯性。 The colored curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention may contain an acid anhydride. By containing an acid anhydride, the crosslinkability by thermosetting of a thermosetting compound, especially an epoxy compound can be improved.

酸酐例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、耐地酸酐、馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐等。其中,就對顏料分散的影響少的方面而言,酸酐較佳為鄰苯二甲酸酐。胺系化合物亦通常作為環氧硬化劑,但有適用期(pot life)相對較長等優點。 Examples of the acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, an acid anhydride, maleic anhydride, and succinic anhydride. Among them, the acid anhydride is preferably phthalic anhydride in terms of having little influence on the pigment dispersion. Amine compounds are also commonly used as epoxy hardeners, but have the advantage that the pot life is relatively long.

相對於熱硬化性化合物(特別是環氧化合物)的含量,酸酐於著色硬化性組成物中的含量較佳為10質量%~40質量%的範圍,更佳為15質量%~30質量%的範圍。若酸酐的含量為10質量%以上,則熱硬化性化合物、特別是環氧化物的交聯密度提高,可提高機械強度,若酸酐的含量為30質量%以下,則抑制塗膜中的熱硬化成分,有利於提高有色材料的濃度。 The content of the acid anhydride in the colored curable composition is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and more preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass based on the content of the thermosetting compound (particularly, the epoxy compound). range. When the content of the acid anhydride is 10% by mass or more, the crosslinking density of the thermosetting compound, particularly the epoxide, is improved, and the mechanical strength can be improved. When the content of the acid anhydride is 30% by mass or less, the thermal hardening in the coating film is suppressed. The composition is beneficial to increase the concentration of colored materials.

<硬化劑> <hardener>

於使用環氧樹脂作為熱硬化性化合物的情形時,較佳為 添加硬化劑。環氧樹脂的硬化劑的種類非常多,性質、樹脂與硬化劑的混合物的可使用時間、黏度、硬化溫度、硬化時間、發熱等視所使用的硬化劑的種類而大不相同,因此必須根據硬化劑的使用目的、使用條件、作業條件等來選擇適當的硬化劑。關於硬化劑,於垣內弘編著的「環氧樹脂(升晃堂)」第5章中有詳細解說。以下示出硬化劑的例子。 In the case where an epoxy resin is used as the thermosetting compound, it is preferably Add a hardener. There are many types of hardeners for epoxy resins, and the properties, the usable time, viscosity, hardening temperature, hardening time, heat generation, etc. of the mixture of the resin and the hardener vary greatly depending on the type of hardener used, and therefore must be based on An appropriate hardener is selected for the purpose of use of the hardener, the conditions of use, the working conditions, and the like. The hardening agent is explained in detail in Chapter 5 of "Epoxy Resin (Sheng Sangtang)" edited by Yukihiro. An example of a hardener is shown below.

以觸媒方式發揮作用的硬化劑有三級胺類、三氟化硼-胺錯合物,以化學計量與環氧樹脂的官能基反應的硬化劑有多胺、酸酐等;另外,常溫硬化的硬化劑有二乙三胺、聚醯胺樹脂,中溫硬化的硬化劑的例子有二乙基胺基丙基胺、三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚;高溫硬化的例子有鄰苯二甲酸酐、間苯二胺等。另外,若以化學結構分類來看,則可列舉:胺類中作為脂肪族多胺的二乙三胺、作為芳香族多胺的間苯二胺、作為三級胺的三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚;作為酸酐的鄰苯二甲酸酐;聚醯胺樹脂;聚硫醚樹脂;三氟化硼-單乙基胺錯合物;作為合成樹脂初期縮合物的酚樹脂;此外可列舉二氰二醯胺(dicyandiamide)等。 The hardener which functions as a catalyst has a tertiary amine and a boron trifluoride-amine complex. The hardener which reacts with the functional group of the epoxy resin by stoichiometry includes polyamines, acid anhydrides, etc.; The hardeners are diethylenetriamine and polyamidamine resins, and examples of hardeners which are moderately hardened are diethylaminopropylamine and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol; examples of high temperature hardening are adjacent. Phthalic anhydride, m-phenylenediamine, and the like. Further, in terms of chemical structure classification, examples include diethylenetriamine as an aliphatic polyamine in the amine, m-phenylenediamine as an aromatic polyamine, and tris(dimethylamine) as a tertiary amine. Methyl)phenol; phthalic anhydride as anhydride; polyamine resin; polysulfide resin; boron trifluoride-monoethylamine complex; phenolic resin as initial condensate of synthetic resin; Listed are dicyandiamide and the like.

該些硬化劑藉由加熱而與環氧基反應,發生聚合,由此 交聯密度提高而硬化。為了實現薄膜化,較佳為黏合劑、硬化劑均儘量為少量,特別是關於硬化劑,較佳為相對於熱硬化性化合物而設定為35質量%以下、較佳為30質量%以下、進而佳為25質量%以下。 The hardeners react with the epoxy group by heating to cause polymerization. The crosslink density increases and hardens. In order to achieve the film formation, it is preferable that the binder and the curing agent are as small as possible, and in particular, the curing agent is preferably set to 35 mass% or less, preferably 30 mass% or less, and further preferably the thermosetting compound. Preferably, it is 25 mass% or less.

<硬化觸媒> <hardening catalyst>

為了實現著色劑濃度高的組成,除了由與硬化劑的反應所致的硬化以外,有效的是主要由環氧基彼此的反應所致的硬化。因此,亦可不使用硬化劑而使用硬化觸媒。關於硬化觸媒的添加量,相對於環氧當量為150~200左右的環氧樹脂,以質量基準計而能以1/10~1/1000左右、較佳為1/20~1/500左右、進而佳為1/30~1/250左右的稍許量來硬化。 In order to achieve a composition having a high concentration of the colorant, in addition to hardening due to the reaction with the hardener, it is effective to harden mainly by the reaction of the epoxy groups with each other. Therefore, it is also possible to use a hardening catalyst without using a hardener. The amount of the curing catalyst to be added is about 1/10 to 1/1000, preferably about 1/20 to 1/500, based on the mass of the epoxy resin having an epoxy equivalent of about 150 to 200. And then it is hard to harden by a slight amount of about 1/30~1/250.

<著色硬化性組成物的製備方法> <Method for Preparing Colored Curable Composition>

對構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物的較佳製備方法加以說明。然而,本發明不限定於此。 A preferred method for preparing the colored curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention will be described. However, the invention is not limited thereto.

於著色劑為染料的情形時,使其與熱硬化性化合物一併溶解於溶劑中。於含有顏料作為著色劑的情形時,通常如上述般以顏料分散物的形式調整後調配。 When the colorant is a dye, it is dissolved together with the thermosetting compound in a solvent. In the case where a pigment is contained as a coloring agent, it is usually adjusted in the form of a pigment dispersion as described above.

尤其於熱硬化性化合物為環氧化合物的情形時,較佳為於如此所得的顏料的分散物或染料的溶液中添加熱硬化性化合物與硬化觸媒或硬化劑,或者於黏合劑已為熱硬化性化合物的情形時添加硬化觸媒或硬化劑,賦予熱硬化功能,視需要添加溶劑,由此製備本發明的著色硬化性組成物。 In particular, when the thermosetting compound is an epoxy compound, it is preferred to add a thermosetting compound and a hardening catalyst or a hardener to the solution of the pigment dispersion or the dye thus obtained, or the binder is already hot. In the case of a curable compound, a curing catalyst or a curing agent is added, and a thermosetting function is imparted thereto, and a solvent is added as needed to prepare a color hardening composition of the present invention.

<過濾器過濾> <Filter Filtering>

構成本發明的積層體的著色硬化性組成物為了去除異物或減少缺陷等,較佳為利用過濾器進行過濾。 The colored curable composition constituting the laminate of the present invention is preferably filtered by a filter in order to remove foreign matter or reduce defects.

過濾器過濾時所用的過濾器只要為先前以來於過濾用途等中所用的過濾器,則可無特別限定地使用。 The filter used for the filtration of the filter is not particularly limited as long as it is a filter used in filtration applications and the like.

上述過濾器的材質的例子可列舉:聚四氟乙烯 (Polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂;尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂;聚乙烯、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等。該些原材料中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)。 Examples of the material of the above filter may be exemplified by polytetrafluoroethylene. A fluororesin such as (polytetrafluoroethylene, PTFE); a polyamide resin such as nylon-6 or nylon-6,6; a polyolefin resin (including high density and ultrahigh molecular weight) such as polyethylene or polypropylene (PP). Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferred.

上述過濾器的孔徑並無特別限定,例如為0.01μm~20.0 μm左右,較佳為0.01μm~5μm左右,進而佳為0.01μm~2.0μm左右。 The pore diameter of the above filter is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0.01 μm to 20.0. The thickness is about μm, preferably about 0.01 μm to 5 μm, and more preferably about 0.01 μm to 2.0 μm.

藉由將過濾器的孔徑設定為上述範圍,可有效地去除微 細的粒子,從而可進一步降低濁度。 By setting the aperture of the filter to the above range, the micro can be effectively removed. Fine particles, which further reduce turbidity.

此處,過濾器的孔徑可參照過濾器廠商(filter maker)的 標稱值。市售的過濾器例如可自日本頗爾(pall)股份有限公司、愛德萬東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本英特格(Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本麥克麗思(Microris)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(KITZ Micro Filter)股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中選擇。 Here, the pore size of the filter can be referred to the filter maker. Nominal value. Commercially available filters are available, for example, from Japan Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., and Japan's Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan's Microris) Ltd.) or a variety of filters available from KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc.

上述過濾器過濾中,亦可組合使用兩種以上的過濾器。 In the above filter filtration, two or more types of filters may be used in combination.

例如,可首先使用第1過濾器進行過濾,繼而使用孔徑 與第1過濾器不同的第2過濾器來進行過濾。 For example, the first filter can be used for filtration first, followed by the aperture Filtration is performed by a second filter different from the first filter.

此時,利用第1過濾器的過濾及利用第2過濾器的過濾 可分別進行僅一次,亦可進行兩次以上。 At this time, filtration by the first filter and filtration by the second filter It can be done only once or twice or more.

第2過濾器可使用由與上述第1過濾器相同的材料等所 形成者。 The second filter can be made of the same material as the first filter described above. Former.

[著色層] [Coloring layer]

藉由使上述著色硬化性組成物硬化,可製成構成本發明的積層體的著色層。關於著色層的形成方法,將於後述。該著色層可較佳地用作彩色濾光片的著色層。尤其可較佳地用作乾式蝕刻用著色硬化性組成物。 By curing the colored curable composition, a colored layer constituting the laminate of the present invention can be obtained. The method of forming the colored layer will be described later. The colored layer can be preferably used as a coloring layer of a color filter. In particular, it can be preferably used as a coloring curable composition for dry etching.

於本發明中,著色層的厚度較佳為0.1μm~1.0μm,更佳為0.3μm~0.8μm。於本發明中,由於可提高著色層中的著色劑的濃度,故可實現此種薄膜化。 In the present invention, the thickness of the colored layer is preferably from 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm, more preferably from 0.3 μm to 0.8 μm. In the present invention, since the concentration of the coloring agent in the colored layer can be increased, such thinning can be achieved.

[氧阻斷膜] [oxygen barrier film]

本發明的積層體於上述著色層上具有氧阻斷膜。該氧阻斷膜是使用氧阻斷性化合物而形成,表現出高的氧阻斷能力、高透明性及低光散射性。 The laminate of the present invention has an oxygen barrier film on the colored layer. The oxygen blocking film is formed using an oxygen blocking compound and exhibits high oxygen blocking ability, high transparency, and low light scattering property.

此處,所謂膜面粗糙,是指以下狀態:於著色層的表面上產生多個凝聚物,由此於著色層的表面上形成有多個凹凸的狀態。關於在著色層表面上產生膜面粗糙的因素,可認為是由於以下情況而產生:單重態氧將著色層中的聚合物成分(熱硬化性化合物的硬化物)分解,著色劑與聚合物成分發生相分離,著色劑彼此形成凝聚物。而且可認為,著色劑的濃度越高,著色層中的聚合物成分的量越變少,故著色劑彼此更容易形成凝聚物,容易產生著色層表面的膜面粗糙。尤其本申請案發明者進行了研究,結果發現,於著色硬化性組成物中的著色劑的固體成分濃度超過 50質量%的情形時,進而於超過60質量%的情形時,明顯產生膜面粗糙。尤其亦得知該傾向於高溫高濕下容易明顯產生。 Here, the rough surface of the film refers to a state in which a plurality of aggregates are generated on the surface of the colored layer, whereby a plurality of irregularities are formed on the surface of the colored layer. The factor which causes the film surface roughness on the surface of the colored layer is considered to be caused by the fact that the singlet oxygen decomposes the polymer component (hardened product of the thermosetting compound) in the colored layer, the colorant and the polymer component. Phase separation occurs and the colorants form agglomerates with each other. Further, it is considered that the higher the concentration of the colorant, the smaller the amount of the polymer component in the colored layer is, and therefore the colorants are more likely to form aggregates with each other, and the film surface roughness of the surface of the colored layer is likely to occur. In particular, the inventors of the present application conducted research and found that the solid concentration of the coloring agent in the colored curable composition exceeded In the case of 50% by mass, in the case of more than 60% by mass, film surface roughness is remarkably generated. In particular, it is also known that this tends to be apparently produced under high temperature and high humidity.

氧阻斷膜所含有的氧阻斷性化合物可為無機材料及有機材料的任一種,較佳為無機材料。具體可使用:金屬氧化物、含金屬烷氧基的化合物、有機聚合物等。再者,就氧阻斷能力更優異的方面而言,氧阻斷膜較佳為實質上僅由上述氧阻斷性化合物所構成。所謂實質上僅氧阻斷性化合物,例如是指氧阻斷膜中的氧阻斷性化合物的含量為99質量%以上。 The oxygen blocking compound contained in the oxygen blocking film may be any of an inorganic material and an organic material, and is preferably an inorganic material. Specifically, a metal oxide, a metal alkoxy group-containing compound, an organic polymer, or the like can be used. Further, in terms of more excellent oxygen blocking ability, the oxygen blocking film is preferably substantially composed only of the above oxygen blocking compound. The oxygen-only blocking compound is, for example, a content of the oxygen blocking compound in the oxygen blocking film of 99% by mass or more.

金屬氧化物可列舉:SiO2、SiN、Al2O3、CaO、Fe2O3、MgO、Ga2O、ZrO2、TiO2、CaF2等。該些金屬氧化物中,就氧阻斷性及透明性優異的觀點而言,較佳為SiO2、SiN,尤佳為SiO2Examples of the metal oxide include SiO 2 , SiN, Al 2 O 3 , CaO, Fe 2 O 3 , MgO, Ga 2 O, ZrO 2 , TiO 2 , CaF 2 and the like. The plurality of metal oxide, it is excellent in oxygen barrier properties and transparency viewpoint, preferably SiO 2, SiN, and particularly preferably SiO 2.

含金屬烷氧基的化合物可列舉:四乙氧基矽烷、原鈦酸四乙酯、四甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷等。 The metal alkoxy group-containing compound may, for example, be tetraethoxysilane, tetraethyl orthotitanate, tetramethoxynonane, ethyltriethoxysilane or methyltrimethoxydecane.

有機聚合物可列舉:聚乙烯醇(Polyvinylalcohol,PVA)、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯醯胺類、水溶性聚醯胺、聚丙烯酸的水溶性鹽、聚乙烯醚與馬來酸酐的聚合物、環氧乙烷聚合物,乙基纖維素、羥乙基纖維素、羧乙基纖維素的水溶性鹽等纖維素類,阿拉伯膠(Arabic Gum)、含烷氧基矽烷基的聚合物等或該些物質的兩種以上的混合物,該些物質中,就氧阻斷性優異的觀點而言,較佳為聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮或聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮的混合物,尤佳為聚乙烯醇。 Examples of the organic polymer include polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polypropylene decylamine, water-soluble polyamide, water-soluble salt of polyacrylic acid, polymerization of polyvinyl ether and maleic anhydride. Cellulose, ethylene oxide polymer, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, water-soluble salt of carboxyethyl cellulose, cellulose, arabic gum (Arabic Gum), alkoxyalkylene-containing polymer Or a mixture of two or more of these substances, and among these, from the viewpoint of excellent oxygen barrier properties, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrole are preferred. A mixture of ketones, particularly preferably polyvinyl alcohol.

聚乙烯醇較佳為重量平均分子量為300~2400,另外,較佳為71莫耳%~100莫耳%經水解者。具體可列舉:PVA-101、PVA-105、PVA-110、PVA-117、PVA-117H、PVA-120、PVA-124、(以上全部為商品名,可樂麗(Kuraray)股份有限公司製造,皂化率為97%~98%)、PVA-203、PVA-204、PVA-205、PVA-210、PVA-220、PBA-224、PVA-217E(以上全部為商品名,可樂麗(Kuraray)股份有限公司製造,皂化率為87%~88%)、PVA-405、PVA-420(以上全部為商品名,可樂麗(Kuraray)股份有限公司製造,皂化率為78%~82%)、PVA-613(以上為商品名,可樂麗(Kuraray)股份有限公司製造,皂化率為92%~95%)。再者,PVA之後的3位編號中的後2位×100分別表示聚合度。 The polyvinyl alcohol preferably has a weight average molecular weight of from 300 to 2,400, and more preferably from 71 mol% to 100 mol%. Specific examples thereof include PVA-101, PVA-105, PVA-110, PVA-117, PVA-117H, PVA-120, PVA-124, (all of which are trade names, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification) The rate is 97%~98%), PVA-203, PVA-204, PVA-205, PVA-210, PVA-220, PBA-224, PVA-217E (all of which are trade names, Kuraray shares limited) The company manufactures, the saponification rate is 87%~88%), PVA-405, PVA-420 (all of which are trade names, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., saponification rate is 78%~82%), PVA-613 (The above is the trade name, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., and the saponification rate is 92% to 95%). Further, the last 2 digits × 100 of the 3-digit number after the PVA indicate the degree of polymerization, respectively.

聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮的混合物中的PVA的含量較佳為25質量%~99質量%,更佳為50質量%~90質量%,尤佳為50質量%~80質量%。該聚合物的添加量為層總體的1質量%~40質量%,更佳為10質量%~35質量%。聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮的含量較佳為設定為氧阻斷膜的總固體成分的1質量%~75質量%,更佳為1質量%~50質量%,進而佳為10質量%~40質量%。藉由將聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮的添加量設定為氧阻斷膜的總固體成分的1質量%~75質量%,可使氧阻斷性更良好。 The content of PVA in the mixture of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone is preferably from 25% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 90% by mass, even more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass. The amount of the polymer added is from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 35% by mass based on the total of the layer. The content of the polyvinylpyrrolidone is preferably from 1% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and even more preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the oxygen blocking film. %. By setting the addition amount of the polyvinylpyrrolidone to 1% by mass to 75% by mass based on the total solid content of the oxygen barrier film, the oxygen barrier property can be further improved.

於本發明中,氧阻斷膜的膜厚較佳為10μm以下。氧阻斷膜於膜厚在上述範圍內時,所形成的彩色畫素的感度或平坦性等優異,作為彩色濾光片的氧阻斷膜而較佳地發揮功能。於氧阻 斷膜的膜厚超過10μm的情形時,雖可抑制氧阻斷膜的氧透過性,但有導致通過彩色濾光片層的光的強度降低之虞。氧阻斷膜的膜厚更佳為5μm以下,進而佳為1μm以下。氧阻斷膜的膜厚的下限值並無特別限定,為0.05μm以上。 In the present invention, the film thickness of the oxygen barrier film is preferably 10 μm or less. When the film thickness is within the above range, the oxygen blocking film is excellent in sensitivity or flatness, and preferably functions as an oxygen blocking film of the color filter. Oxygen resistance When the film thickness of the film is more than 10 μm, the oxygen permeability of the oxygen barrier film can be suppressed, but the intensity of light passing through the color filter layer is lowered. The film thickness of the oxygen barrier film is preferably 5 μm or less, and more preferably 1 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness of the oxygen barrier film is not particularly limited, and is 0.05 μm or more.

氧阻斷層較佳為氧透過率為200ml/m2.day.atm以下,更佳為100ml/m2.day.atm以下,尤佳為50ml/m2.day.atm以下。氧透過率的下限並無特別限定,較佳為0ml/m2.day.atm。於氧透過率為上述範圍的情形時,於著色膜的膜面粗糙的觀點而言氧阻斷層較佳地發揮功能。 The oxygen blocking layer preferably has an oxygen permeability of 200 ml/m 2 . Day. Below atm, more preferably 100ml/m 2 . Day. Below atm, especially preferably 50ml/m 2 . Day. Below atm. The lower limit of the oxygen transmission rate is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0 ml/m 2 . Day. Atm. When the oxygen permeability is in the above range, the oxygen blocking layer preferably functions from the viewpoint of the film surface of the colored film being rough.

關於測定氧阻斷層的氧透過率的方法,例如可如以下般測定。氧電極是使用日本奧貝斯菲實驗室股份有限公司(Orbisphere Laboratories Japan Inc)製造的模型(model)3600。 電極隔膜是使用響應速度及感度優異的聚氟烷氧基(PFA)2956A。於電極隔膜上薄薄地(例如1.0μm)塗佈矽酮油脂(silicone grease)(SH111,東麗道康寧(股)製造),於其上貼附要測定的薄膜材料,測定氧濃度值。再者,確認矽酮油脂的塗佈膜對氧透過速度並無影響。繼而,換算出相對於氧濃度值的氧透過速度(ml/m2.day.atm)。 The method for measuring the oxygen permeability of the oxygen blocking layer can be measured, for example, as follows. The oxygen electrode was a model 3600 manufactured by Orbisphere Laboratories Japan Inc., Japan. The electrode separator is a polyfluoroalkoxy (PFA) 2956A excellent in response speed and sensitivity. A thin film (for example, 1.0 μm) was coated on a thin electrode (for example, 1.0 μm) with a silicone grease (SH111, manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), and a film material to be measured was attached thereto, and an oxygen concentration value was measured. Further, it was confirmed that the coating film of the fluorenone oil had no influence on the oxygen permeation rate. Then, the oxygen permeation rate (ml/m2.day.atm) with respect to the oxygen concentration value was converted.

關於形成氧阻斷膜的方法,於氧阻斷性化合物包含無機材料的情形時,可使用:蒸鍍、濺鍍等物理製膜法,化學氣相沈積(Chemical Vapor Deposition,CVD)等化學製膜法,化學液相沈積(Chemical Liquid Deposition,CLD)、噴霧法等濕式製膜法 等各種製膜法。於氧阻斷性化合物包含含金屬烷氧基的化合物、有機聚合物的情形時,可使用輥塗機、氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、桿式塗佈機(rod coater)、棒塗機、旋塗機、噴霧塗佈機等各種塗佈機。 In the case of forming an oxygen barrier film, when the oxygen barrier compound contains an inorganic material, a physical film formation method such as vapor deposition or sputtering, or chemical vapor deposition (CVD) can be used. Membrane method, chemical liquid deposition (CLD), spray method, etc. Various film making methods. In the case where the oxygen blocking compound contains a metal alkoxy group-containing compound or an organic polymer, a roll coater, an air knife coater, a knife coater, a rod coater, a rod can be used. Various coaters such as a coater, a spin coater, and a spray coater.

以下,列舉本發明的積層體的較佳實施形態,但本發明不限定於該些實施形態。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the laminate of the present invention are listed, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments.

(第1實施形態) (First embodiment)

於使著色硬化性組成物硬化而成的著色層上形成有氧阻斷膜的態樣,上述著色硬化性組成物含有著色劑、熱硬化性化合物及溶劑,並且相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%。 An aspect of forming an oxygen blocking film on the colored layer obtained by curing the colored curable composition, wherein the colored curable composition contains a colorant, a thermosetting compound, and a solvent, and is colored with respect to the colored curable composition. The total solid content and the total content of the colorant are 50% by mass to 90% by mass.

(第2實施形態) (Second embodiment)

著色劑含有上述通式(1)所表示的鹵化酞青染料的態樣。 The colorant contains the aspect of the halogenated indigo dye represented by the above formula (1).

(第3實施形態) (Third embodiment)

著色劑更含有黃色色素的態樣。 The colorant further contains a yellow pigment.

(第4實施形態) (Fourth embodiment)

熱硬化性化合物為環氧化合物的態樣。 The thermosetting compound is in the form of an epoxy compound.

(第5實施形態) (Fifth Embodiment)

氧阻斷膜含有無機材料的態樣。 The oxygen blocking membrane contains a state of an inorganic material.

(第6實施形態) (Sixth embodiment)

相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,著色劑的合計 含量為60質量%~90質量%的態樣。 The total amount of the colorant relative to the total solid content of the colored curable composition The content is from 60% by mass to 90% by mass.

(第7實施形態) (Seventh embodiment)

著色層的厚度為0.1μm~1.0μm的態樣。 The thickness of the colored layer is from 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm.

(第8實施形態) (Eighth embodiment)

氧阻斷膜與上述著色層鄰接的態樣。 The oxygen blocking film is adjacent to the colored layer.

(第9實施形態) (Ninth Embodiment)

氧阻斷膜的厚度為10μm以下的態樣。 The thickness of the oxygen barrier film is 10 μm or less.

(第10實施形態) (Tenth embodiment)

包含第1實施形態~第9實施形態的兩個以上的組合的形態。 The aspect of the combination of two or more of the first embodiment to the ninth embodiment is included.

[彩色濾光片及其製造方法] [Color filter and method of manufacturing the same]

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法的一例包括以下步驟:使用上述著色硬化性組成物來形成著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由曝光及顯影將光阻層圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟;以及於乾式蝕刻後的著色層上形成氧阻斷膜的步驟。 An example of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention includes the steps of: forming a coloring layer using the colored curable composition; forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; and forming a photoresist layer by exposure and development a step of patterning to obtain a resist pattern; a step of dry etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etch mask; and a step of forming an oxygen blocking film on the colored layer after dry etching.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法使用上述著色硬化性組成物(亦稱為第1著色硬化性組成物)來形成第1著色層。此處,如上所述,第1著色層的耐溶劑性及耐鹼性顯影液性優異。藉此,可抑制以下可能性:於下文將詳細描述的於第1著色層上形成抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻層)作為蝕刻用的遮罩時所使用的顯影液中,或於第1著色層上藉由第2著色感放射線性組成物來形 成第2著色感放射線性層的步驟、及於第1著色層上藉由第3著色感放射線性組成物來形成第3著色感放射線性層的步驟中,第1著色層溶解於第2著色感放射線性組成物或第3著色感放射線性組成物中的有機溶劑、或對藉由第2著色感放射線性組成物或第3著色感放射線性組成物所形成的第2著色感放射線性層或第3著色感放射線性層進行曝光、顯影時所使用的顯影液中,第1著色層中的色彩成分溶出至上述溶劑或顯影液中的可能性;或第2著色感放射線性組成物或第3著色感放射線性組成物中的色彩成分混入至第1著色層中的可能性等。結果,可抑制第1著色層中的色彩成分的脫色的產生或多種顏色彼此重疊的重疊(overlap)區域的產生,故可提高最終獲得的彩色濾光片的性能。 In the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, the first colored layer is formed by using the colored curable composition (also referred to as a first coloring curable composition). Here, as described above, the first colored layer is excellent in solvent resistance and alkali resistance developing liquid property. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the possibility of forming a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) on the first colored layer as a mask for etching when it is described in detail below, or Formed on the first colored layer by the second color-sensing radiation linear composition In the step of forming the second coloring radiation layer and the step of forming the third coloring radiation layer by the third coloring radiation composition on the first coloring layer, the first coloring layer is dissolved in the second coloring layer The organic solvent in the radiation-sensitive linear composition or the third color-sensitive radiation composition, or the second color-sensitive radiation layer formed by the second color-sensitive radiation composition or the third color-sensitive radiation composition Or a developer used in exposure and development of the third coloring radiation layer, wherein the color component in the first colored layer is eluted into the solvent or the developer; or the second coloring radiation composition or The possibility that the color component in the third coloring radiation composition is mixed into the first colored layer. As a result, generation of discoloration of the color component in the first colored layer or generation of an overlap region in which a plurality of colors overlap each other can be suppressed, so that the performance of the finally obtained color filter can be improved.

尤其對於製作例如需求厚度成為0.1μm~1.0μm及/或畫素圖案尺寸(正方圖案的一邊)成為2μm以下(例如0.5μm~2.0μm)般的微小尺寸的固體攝影元件用的彩色濾光片而言有效。 In particular, for example, a color filter for a solid-state imaging element having a required thickness of 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm and/or a pixel pattern size (one side of the square pattern) of 2 μm or less (for example, 0.5 μm to 2.0 μm) is prepared. It is effective.

另外,根據本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法,可提供一種彩色濾光片,該彩色濾光片的著色層的著色劑濃度高,且即便放置於高溫高濕下亦不易引起著色層表面的膜面粗糙。 Further, according to the method of manufacturing a color filter of the present invention, it is possible to provide a color filter having a coloring agent having a high concentration of a coloring agent and which is less likely to cause a colored layer surface even when placed under high temperature and high humidity. The film surface is rough.

此處,對於固體攝影元件,參照圖1對一例加以簡略說明。 Here, an example of the solid-state imaging element will be briefly described with reference to FIG. 1 .

如圖1所示,固體攝影元件10包含設置於矽基板上的受光元件(光二極體)42、彩色濾光片13、平坦化膜14及微透鏡15等。於本發明中,平坦化膜14未必一定要設置。再者,於圖1 中,為了明確各部分,將相互的厚度或寬度的比率忽視而局部誇張地表示。 As shown in FIG. 1, the solid-state imaging device 10 includes a light receiving element (photodiode) 42, a color filter 13, a planarizing film 14, and a microlens 15 which are provided on a ruthenium substrate. In the present invention, the planarizing film 14 is not necessarily provided. Furthermore, in Figure 1 In order to clarify each part, the ratio of thickness or width of each other is ignored and partially exaggerated.

支撐體除了矽基板以外,只要為彩色濾光片中所用者則並無特別限制,例如可列舉:液晶顯示元件等中所用的鈉玻璃(soda glass)、硼矽酸玻璃、石英玻璃及於該些玻璃上附著有透明導電膜者,或固體攝影元件等中所用的光電轉換元件基板,例如氧化膜、氮化矽等。另外,只要不損及本發明,則於該些支撐體與彩色濾光片13之間亦可設置中間層等。 The support is not particularly limited as long as it is used for the color filter except for the ruthenium substrate, and examples thereof include soda glass, borosilicate glass, and quartz glass used in liquid crystal display elements and the like. A transparent conductive film or a photoelectric conversion element substrate used in a solid-state imaging device or the like, such as an oxide film or tantalum nitride, is attached to the glass. Further, an intermediate layer or the like may be provided between the support and the color filter 13 as long as the present invention is not impaired.

於矽基板上具有P阱41,於該P阱的表面的一部分上具有光二極體42。光二極體42是藉由以下方式形成:於P阱的表面的一部分上離子注入P或As等N型雜質後,進行熱處理。另外,於矽基板的P阱41的表面且與上述一部分不同的區域中,具有其中N型雜質濃度高於光二極體42的雜質擴散層43。該雜質擴散層43是藉由離子注入P或As等N型雜質後進行熱處理而形成,發揮浮游擴散層的功能,上述浮游擴散層將藉由光二極體42接受入射光所產生的電荷轉移。除了將晶圓41設定為P型雜質層、將光二極體42及雜質擴散層43設定為N型雜質層以外,亦可將晶圓41設定為N型雜質層、將光二極體42及雜質擴散層43設定為P型雜質層來實施。 A P-well 41 is provided on the substrate, and a photodiode 42 is provided on a portion of the surface of the P-well. The photodiode 42 is formed by ion-implanting an N-type impurity such as P or As on a part of the surface of the P well, and then performing heat treatment. Further, in the region of the P well 41 of the germanium substrate which is different from the above portion, the impurity diffusion layer 43 in which the N-type impurity concentration is higher than that of the photodiode 42 is provided. The impurity diffusion layer 43 is formed by ion-implanting an N-type impurity such as P or As, and is subjected to heat treatment to function as a floating diffusion layer, and the floating diffusion layer transfers charges generated by the incident light by the photodiode 42. The wafer 41 may be set to an N-type impurity layer, a photodiode 42 and impurities, except that the wafer 41 is set to a P-type impurity layer, and the photodiode 42 and the impurity diffusion layer 43 are set to an N-type impurity layer. The diffusion layer 43 is set to be a P-type impurity layer.

於P阱41、光二極體42及雜質擴散層43上,具有SiO2或SiO2/SiN/SiO2等的絕緣膜47,於該絕緣膜47上設有包含多晶矽、鎢、矽化鎢、Al、Cu等的電極44。電極44可發揮閘極金屬 氧化物半導體(Metal Oxide Semiconductor,MOS)電晶體的閘極的功能,發揮作為用以將光二極體42中產生的電荷轉移至雜質擴散層43的轉移閘極的功能。進而,於電極44的上方,形成有配線層45。於配線層45的更上方,具有BPSG膜46、P-SiN膜48。 硼磷矽玻璃(Borophosphosilicate Glass,BPSG)膜46與P-SiN膜48的界面是以成為於光二極體42的上方向下彎曲的形狀的方式而形成,發揮用以將入射光高效地導入至光二極體42內的層內透鏡的功能。於BPSG膜46上,為了使P-SiN膜48表面或畫素區域以外的凹凸部平坦化而形成有平坦化膜層49。 On the P well 41, the photodiode 42, and the impurity diffusion layer 43, an insulating film 47 of SiO 2 or SiO 2 /SiN/SiO 2 or the like is provided, and the insulating film 47 is provided with polycrystalline germanium, tungsten, tungsten germanium, and aluminum. , electrode 44 of Cu or the like. The electrode 44 functions as a gate of a gate metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) transistor, and functions as a transfer gate for transferring charges generated in the photodiode 42 to the impurity diffusion layer 43. . Further, a wiring layer 45 is formed above the electrode 44. Further above the wiring layer 45, there are a BPSG film 46 and a P-SiN film 48. The interface between the Borophosphosilicate Glass (BPSG) film 46 and the P-SiN film 48 is formed so as to be curved downward above the photodiode 42 and is used to efficiently introduce incident light to The function of the in-layer lens in the photodiode 42. The planarizing film layer 49 is formed on the BPSG film 46 in order to planarize the uneven portions other than the surface of the P-SiN film 48 or the pixel region.

於該平坦化膜層49上形成有彩色濾光片13。再者,於以下的說明中,將未劃分區域而形成於矽基板上的著色膜(所謂整體膜)稱為「著色(著色感放射線性)層」,將以圖案狀劃分區域而形成的著色膜(例如以條紋狀經圖案化的膜等)稱為「著色圖案」。另外,著色圖案中,將成為構成彩色濾光片13的要素的著色圖案(例如以正方形或長方形的形式經圖案化的著色圖案等)稱為「著色(紅色、綠色、藍色)畫素」。 A color filter 13 is formed on the planarization film layer 49. In the following description, the colored film (the so-called integral film) formed on the ruthenium substrate in the undivided region is referred to as a "colored (colored luminescence) layer", and the color formed by patterning the regions is formed. A film (for example, a film patterned in a stripe shape) is referred to as a "coloring pattern". Further, in the colored pattern, a colored pattern (for example, a colored pattern patterned in a square or a rectangular shape) which is an element constituting the color filter 13 is referred to as a "coloring (red, green, blue) pixel" .

彩色濾光片13包含經二維排列的多個綠色畫素(第1色畫素)20G、紅色畫素(第2色畫素)20R及藍色畫素(第3色畫素)20B。各著色畫素20R、著色畫素20G、著色畫素20B分別是形成於受光元件42的上方位置。將綠色畫素20G形成為棋盤紋樣,並且將藍色畫素20B及紅色畫素20R形成於各綠色畫素20G之間。再者,圖1中,為了對彩色濾光片13包含三色畫素的情況 加以說明,將各著色畫素20R、著色畫素20G、著色畫素20B排成一行來表示。 The color filter 13 includes a plurality of green pixels (first color pixels) 20G, red pixels (second color pixels) 20R, and blue pixels (third color pixels) 20B that are two-dimensionally arranged. Each of the coloring elements 20R, the coloring pixels 20G, and the coloring pixels 20B is formed above the light receiving element 42. The green pixel 20G is formed as a checkerboard pattern, and the blue pixel 20B and the red pixel 20R are formed between the green pixels 20G. Furthermore, in FIG. 1, in order to include the three color pixels for the color filter 13 Incidentally, each of the coloring pixels 20R, the coloring pixels 20G, and the coloring pixels 20B are arranged in a line.

平坦化膜14是以覆蓋彩色濾光片13的上表面的方式形成,使彩色濾光片表面平坦化。 The planarizing film 14 is formed to cover the upper surface of the color filter 13, and planarizes the surface of the color filter.

微透鏡15為使凸面朝上而配置的聚光透鏡,是設置於平坦化膜14(不具有平坦化膜的情形時為彩色濾光片)的上方且受光元件42的上方。各微透鏡15將來自被攝體的光高效地導向各受光元件42。 The microlens 15 is a condensing lens that is disposed such that the convex surface faces upward, and is disposed above the planarizing film 14 (a color filter when the planarizing film is not provided) and above the light receiving element 42. Each of the microlenses 15 efficiently guides light from the subject to the respective light receiving elements 42.

繼而,對本發明的實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造方法加以說明。 Next, a method of manufacturing a color filter according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.

於本發明的實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,首先,如圖2的概略剖面圖所示,藉由第1著色硬化性組成物來形成第1著色層11(步驟(A))。此處,第1著色硬化性組成物為上述著色硬化性組成物。 In the method of manufacturing a color filter according to the embodiment of the present invention, first, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 2, the first colored layer 11 is formed by the first colored curable composition (step (A)). . Here, the first coloring curable composition is the coloring curable composition described above.

關於第1著色層11的形成,可藉由以下方式來形成:藉由旋轉塗佈、狹縫塗佈、噴霧塗佈等塗佈方法將著色硬化性組成物塗佈於支撐體上,並加以乾燥而形成著色層。 The formation of the first colored layer 11 can be formed by applying a colored curable composition to a support by a coating method such as spin coating, slit coating, or spray coating, and applying Dry to form a colored layer.

第1著色層11的厚度較佳為0.3μm~1.0μm的範圍,更佳為0.35μm~0.8μm的範圍,進而佳為0.35μm~0.7μm的範圍。 The thickness of the first colored layer 11 is preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 1.0 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.35 μm to 0.8 μm, and still more preferably in the range of 0.35 μm to 0.7 μm.

於第1著色硬化性組成物含有熱硬化性化合物的情形時,較佳為藉由熱板、烘箱等加熱裝置對第1著色層11進行加熱而使其硬化。加熱溫度較佳為120℃~250℃,更佳為160℃~ 230℃。加熱時間視加熱機構而不同,於在熱板上進行加熱的情形時,通常為3分鐘~30分鐘左右,於在烘箱中進行加熱的情形時,通常為30分鐘~90分鐘左右。 In the case where the first colored curable composition contains a thermosetting compound, it is preferred that the first colored layer 11 is heated and cured by a heating means such as a hot plate or an oven. The heating temperature is preferably from 120 ° C to 250 ° C, more preferably 160 ° C ~ 230 ° C. The heating time varies depending on the heating mechanism. When heating on a hot plate, it is usually about 3 minutes to 30 minutes. When heating in an oven, it is usually about 30 minutes to 90 minutes.

繼而,於第1著色層11中以形成貫通孔組群的方式藉由乾式蝕刻進行圖案化(步驟(B))。藉此形成第1著色圖案。根據該方法,與藉由著色感放射線性組成物來形成第1著色層,並藉由對該第1著色層進行曝光、顯影而設置貫通孔組群的情形相比較,能更可靠地設置所需形狀的貫通孔組群。其原因在於:於相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分而將著色劑的含量設定為50質量%以上的著色感放射線性組成物中,於組成物中可添加有助於顯影能力的成分的餘地有限,故難以實現可靠的圖案化。 Then, patterning is performed by dry etching so that the through-hole group is formed in the first colored layer 11 (step (B)). Thereby, the first coloring pattern is formed. According to this method, the first colored layer is formed by the coloring sensitizing radiation composition, and the through hole group is provided by exposure and development of the first colored layer, whereby the desired shape can be more reliably set. Through-hole group. The reason for this is that a coloring radiation-releasing composition having a coloring agent content of 50% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition can be added to the composition to contribute to the developing ability. There is limited room for it, so it is difficult to achieve reliable patterning.

第1著色圖案可為於支撐體上作為第1色而設置的著色圖案,視情形不同,亦可為於具有已設的圖案的支撐體上作為例如第2色或第3色以後的圖案而設置的著色圖案。 The first coloring pattern may be a coloring pattern provided as a first color on the support, and may be, for example, a second color or a third color after the support having the existing pattern. Set the color pattern.

乾式蝕刻可將經圖案化的光阻層作為遮罩使用蝕刻氣體來對第1著色層11進行。例如,如圖3的概略剖面圖所示,首先於第1著色層11上形成光阻層51。 The dry etching can be performed on the first colored layer 11 using the patterned photoresist layer as a mask using an etching gas. For example, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 3, the photoresist layer 51 is first formed on the first colored layer 11.

具體而言,於著色層上應用(較佳為塗佈)正型或負型的感放射線性組成物,並使其乾燥,由此形成光阻層。關於光阻層51的形成,較佳為進一步實施預烘烤處理。尤其,光阻的形成製程理想的是實施曝光後的加熱處理(曝光後烘烤(Post Exposure Bake,PEB))、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)的形態。 Specifically, a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition is applied (preferably coated) to the colored layer and dried to form a photoresist layer. Regarding the formation of the photoresist layer 51, it is preferable to further perform a prebaking treatment. In particular, the formation process of the photoresist is preferably a form in which heat treatment (Post Exposure Bake (PEB)) after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed.

光阻例如可使用正型的感放射線性組成物。該正型的感放射線性組成物可使用:適於感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等的遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線的正型光阻用的正型抗蝕劑組成物。放射線中,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線,其中較佳為i射線。 For the photoresist, for example, a positive type radiation sensitive composition can be used. The positive type radiation sensitive composition can be used as a positive type suitable for inducing ultraviolet rays (g rays, h rays, i rays), far ultraviolet rays including excimer lasers, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays. A positive resist composition for photoresist. In the radiation, it is preferably g-ray, h-ray, or i-ray, and among them, i-ray is preferable.

具體而言,正型的感放射線性組成物較佳為含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的組成物。含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的正型的感放射線性組成物利用以下情況:藉由500nm以下的波長的光照射而醌二疊氮基發生分解產生羧基,結果由鹼不溶狀態變化為鹼可溶性。該正型光阻的解析力明顯優異,故被用於製作積體電路(Integrated Circuit,IC)或大規模積體電路(Large Scale Integration,LSI)等積體電路。醌二疊氮化合物可列舉萘醌二疊氮化合物。 Specifically, the positive radiation sensitive composition is preferably a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin. A positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is obtained by decomposing a quinonediazide group by light irradiation at a wavelength of 500 nm or less to produce a carboxyl group, and as a result, the alkali-insoluble state changes to Alkali soluble. Since this positive type resist is excellent in resolving power, it is used to manufacture an integrated circuit such as an integrated circuit (IC) or a large scale integrated circuit (LSI). The quinonediazide compound may be a naphthoquinonediazide compound.

光阻層51的厚度較佳為0.1μm~3μm,更佳為0.2μm~2.5μm,進而佳為0.3μm~2μm。再者,光阻層51的塗佈可使用上文已述的第1著色層11的塗佈方法來較佳地進行。 The thickness of the photoresist layer 51 is preferably from 0.1 μm to 3 μm, more preferably from 0.2 μm to 2.5 μm, still more preferably from 0.3 μm to 2 μm. Further, the application of the photoresist layer 51 can be preferably carried out by using the coating method of the first colored layer 11 described above.

繼而,如圖4的概略剖面圖所示,對該光阻層51進行曝光、顯影,由此形成設有抗蝕劑貫通孔組群51A的抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻層)52。 Then, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 4, the resist layer 51 is exposed and developed to form a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) 52 provided with the resist through-hole group 51A.

抗蝕劑圖案52的形成並無特別限制,可將先前公知的光微影的技術適當地最適化來進行。藉由曝光、顯影而於光阻層51中設有抗蝕劑貫通孔組群51A,藉此將作為後續蝕刻中所用的蝕 刻遮罩的抗蝕劑圖案52設置於第1著色層11上。 The formation of the resist pattern 52 is not particularly limited, and the technique of the conventionally known photolithography can be appropriately optimized. A resist through-hole group 51A is provided in the photoresist layer 51 by exposure and development, whereby the etch used in the subsequent etching is used. The resist pattern 52 of the mask is provided on the first colored layer 11.

光阻層51的曝光可藉由以下方式來進行:經由既定的遮罩圖案,藉由g射線、h射線、i射線等,較佳為i射線對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物實施曝光。曝光後,利用顯影液進行顯影處理,由此與欲形成著色圖案的區域一致而去除光阻。 The exposure of the photoresist layer 51 can be performed by using a predetermined mask pattern, by g-ray, h-ray, i-ray, etc., preferably an i-ray alignment type or a negative type radiation-sensitive composition. Implement exposure. After the exposure, development processing is performed by the developer to thereby remove the photoresist in accordance with the region where the colored pattern is to be formed.

上述顯影液只要不對含有著色劑的第1著色層造成影響、且溶解正型抗蝕劑的曝光部及負型抗蝕劑的未硬化部,則均可使用,例如可使用各種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性的水溶液。鹼性的水溶液較佳為將鹼性化合物以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%的方式溶解而製備的鹼性水溶液。鹼性化合物例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等。另外,於使用鹼性水溶液作為顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用水實施清洗處理。 The developer can be used as long as it does not affect the first colored layer containing the colorant and dissolves the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist. For example, a combination of various organic solvents can be used. Or an alkaline aqueous solution. The alkaline aqueous solution is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving a basic compound in a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Tetraethylammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, and the like. Further, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used as the developing solution, the cleaning treatment is usually performed by water after development.

繼而,如圖5的概略剖面圖所示,將抗蝕劑圖案52作為蝕刻遮罩,於第1著色層11中以形成貫通孔組群120的方式藉由乾式蝕刻進行圖案化。藉此,形成第1著色圖案12。此處,貫通孔組群120具有第1貫通孔部分組群121及第2貫通孔部分組群122。 Then, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 5, the resist pattern 52 is used as an etching mask, and patterning is performed by dry etching so that the through-hole group group 120 is formed in the first colored layer 11. Thereby, the 1st coloring pattern 12 is formed. Here, the through hole group 120 has the first through hole portion group 121 and the second through hole portion group 122.

貫通孔組群120是以棋盤狀而設置於第1著色層11中。因此,於第1著色層11中設有貫通孔組群120而成的第1著色圖 案12以棋盤狀而具有多個四角形狀的第1著色畫素。 The through hole group 120 is provided in the first colored layer 11 in a checkerboard shape. Therefore, the first coloring map in which the through hole group 120 is provided in the first colored layer 11 The case 12 has a plurality of square-shaped first colored pixels in a checkerboard shape.

具體而言,乾式蝕刻時,將抗蝕劑圖案52作為蝕刻遮罩來對第1著色層11進行乾式蝕刻。乾式蝕刻的具代表性的例子有日本專利特開昭59-126506號、日本專利特開昭59-46628號、日本專利特開昭58-9108號、日本專利特開昭58-2809號、日本專利特開昭57-148706號、日本專利特開昭61-41102號等公報中記載的方法。 Specifically, in the dry etching, the first colored layer 11 is dry etched using the resist pattern 52 as an etching mask. Representative examples of dry etching include Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-126506, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-46628, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 58-9108, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 58-2809, Japan The method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Sho 57-148706, and the like.

就將圖案剖面形成得更接近矩形的觀點或進一步減少對支撐體的損傷的觀點而言,乾式蝕刻較佳為按以下形態來進行。 From the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangular shape or further reducing the damage to the support, the dry etching is preferably carried out in the following manner.

較佳為包含第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻及過蝕刻的形態,上述第1階段的蝕刻使用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域(深度)為止,上述第2階段的蝕刻是於上述第1階段的蝕刻之後,使用氮氣(N2)與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至較佳為支撐體露出的區域(深度)附近為止,上述過蝕刻是於支撐體露出後進行。以下,對乾式蝕刻的具體方法以及第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻及過蝕刻加以說明。 It is preferable to include a first-stage etching, a second-stage etching, and an over-etching. The first-stage etching uses a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ), and is etched until the support is not exposed. The (secondary) etching is performed by etching the first stage after the first stage of etching, using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ) until the support is exposed. The over-etching is performed after the support is exposed. Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching, etching in the first stage, etching in the second stage, and over etching will be described.

乾式蝕刻是藉由下述方法預先求出蝕刻條件後進行。 Dry etching is performed by previously obtaining etching conditions by the following method.

(1)分別算出第1階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)、及第2階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)。 (1) The etching rate (nm/min) of the etching in the first stage and the etching rate (nm/min) in the etching in the second stage were respectively calculated.

(2)分別算出於第1階段的蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度的時間、及於第2階段的蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度的時間。 (2) Calculate the time required for etching in the etching of the first stage and the time required to etch the required thickness in the etching of the second stage.

(3)依照上述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第1階段的蝕刻。 (3) The first-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2).

(4)依照上述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。或者,亦可藉由終點(end point)檢測來決定蝕刻時間,並依照所決定的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。 (4) The second-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). Alternatively, the etching time may be determined by an end point detection, and the second etching may be performed in accordance with the determined etching time.

(5)相對於上述(3)、(4)的合計時間來算出過蝕刻時間,實施過蝕刻。 (5) The overetching time is calculated with respect to the total time of the above (3) and (4), and over etching is performed.

就將作為被蝕刻膜的有機材料加工成矩形的觀點而言,上述第1階段的蝕刻步驟中所用的混合氣體較佳為含有氟系氣體及氧氣(O2)。另外,第1階段的蝕刻步驟藉由設定為蝕刻至支撐體不露出的區域為止的形態,可避免支撐體的損傷。 The mixed gas used in the first step of the etching step preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be processed into a rectangular shape. Further, the etching step of the first step can be prevented from being damaged by the support so as to be etched to a region where the support is not exposed.

另外,就避免支撐體的損傷的觀點而言,上述第2階段的蝕刻步驟及上述過蝕刻步驟較佳為於第1階段的蝕刻步驟中藉由氟系氣體及氧氣的混合氣體實施蝕刻直至支撐體不露出的區域為止後,使用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體來進行蝕刻處理。 Further, from the viewpoint of avoiding damage of the support, the etching step and the over-etching step in the second step are preferably performed by etching a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen in the etching step of the first step until the support is performed. After the area where the body is not exposed, the etching treatment is performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.

重要的是以不損及第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理的矩形性的方式來決定第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量之比率。再者,總蝕刻量(第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率較佳為大於0%且為50%以下的範圍,更佳為10%~20%。所謂蝕刻量,是指被蝕刻膜的殘存膜厚。 It is important to determine the ratio of the etching amount in the etching step in the first step to the etching amount in the etching step in the second step, without impairing the rectangularity of the etching treatment in the etching step of the first step. Further, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the total of the etching amount in the etching step in the first step and the etching amount in the etching step in the second step) is preferably in a range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. More preferably 10% to 20%. The amount of etching refers to the residual film thickness of the film to be etched.

另外,蝕刻較佳為包含過蝕刻處理。過蝕刻處理較佳為 設定過蝕刻比率來進行。另外,過蝕刻比率較佳為根據先進行的蝕刻處理時間來算出。過蝕刻比率可任意設定,就光阻的耐蝕刻性及被蝕刻圖案的矩形性維持的方面而言,較佳為蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下,更佳為5%~25%,尤佳為10%~15%。 Further, the etching preferably includes an overetching treatment. The overetching process is preferably The overetch ratio is set to proceed. Further, the overetch ratio is preferably calculated based on the etching processing time performed first. The overetching ratio can be arbitrarily set, and is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 5% to 25%, of the etching treatment time in the etching step in terms of the etching resistance of the photoresist and the rectangularity of the etching pattern. , especially good for 10% to 15%.

然後,如圖6的概略剖面圖所示,將蝕刻後殘存的抗蝕 劑圖案(即蝕刻遮罩)52去除。抗蝕劑圖案52的去除較佳為包括以下步驟:於抗蝕劑圖案52上賦予剝離液或溶劑,調整為可去除抗蝕劑圖案52的狀態的步驟;以及使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案52去除的步驟。 Then, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of Fig. 6, the resist remaining after the etching The agent pattern (ie, the etch mask) 52 is removed. The removal of the resist pattern 52 preferably includes the steps of: applying a stripping liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern 52, adjusting the state in which the resist pattern 52 can be removed; and using the cleaning water to pattern the resist 52 steps to remove.

於抗蝕劑圖案52上賦予剝離液或溶劑而調整為可去除抗 蝕劑圖案52的狀態的步驟例如可列舉:將剝離液或溶劑至少賦予至抗蝕劑圖案52上,使其停滯既定時間而進行浸置顯影的步驟。 使剝離液或溶劑停滯的時間並無特別限制,較佳為幾十秒至幾分鐘。 The stripping solution or solvent is applied to the resist pattern 52 to be adjusted to remove the anti-resistance The step of the state of the etchant pattern 52 is, for example, a step of applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to at least the resist pattern 52, and stagnation for a predetermined period of time to perform immersion development. The time for stopping the stripping solution or the solvent is not particularly limited, and is preferably from several tens of seconds to several minutes.

另外,使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案52去除的步驟例如可列 舉:自噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴對抗蝕劑圖案52噴射清洗水,將抗蝕劑圖案52去除的步驟。清洗水可較佳地使用純水。另外,噴射噴嘴可列舉:於其噴射範圍內包含支撐體總體的噴射噴嘴、或為可動式的噴射噴嘴且其可動範圍包含支撐體總體的噴射噴嘴。於噴射噴嘴為可動式的情形時,藉由在去除抗蝕劑圖案52的步驟中自支撐體中心部起至支撐體端部為止移動2次以上來噴射清洗水,可更有效地去除抗蝕劑圖案52。 In addition, the step of removing the resist pattern 52 using the washing water can be listed, for example. A step of ejecting the cleaning water to the resist pattern 52 from the spray or spray type spray nozzle to remove the resist pattern 52. Pure water can be preferably used for the washing water. Further, the injection nozzle may be an injection nozzle that includes the entire support body in the injection range thereof, or an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and whose movable range includes the entire support body. When the ejection nozzle is movable, the cleaning water can be more effectively removed by spraying the cleaning water twice or more from the center of the support to the end of the support in the step of removing the resist pattern 52. Agent pattern 52.

剝離液通常含有有機溶劑,亦可更含有無機溶劑。有機溶劑例如可列舉:1)烴系化合物、2)鹵化烴系化合物、3)醇系化合物、4)醚或縮醛系化合物、5)酮或醛系化合物、6)酯系化合物、7)多元醇系化合物、8)羧酸或其酸酐系化合物、9)酚系化合物、10)含氮化合物、11)含硫化合物、12)含氟化合物。 剝離液較佳為含有含氮化合物,更佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物及環狀含氮化合物。 The stripping solution usually contains an organic solvent, and may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include 1) a hydrocarbon-based compound, 2) a halogenated hydrocarbon-based compound, 3) an alcohol-based compound, 4) an ether or an acetal-based compound, 5) a ketone or an aldehyde-based compound, and 6) an ester-based compound, and 7) A polyol compound, 8) a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, 9) a phenol compound, 10) a nitrogen-containing compound, 11) a sulfur-containing compound, and 12) a fluorine-containing compound. The stripper preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, more preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.

非環狀含氮化合物較佳為具有羥基的非環狀含氮化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,較佳為單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺,更佳為單乙醇胺(H2NCH2CH2OH)。另外,環狀含氮化合物可列舉:異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎啉、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啉酮、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、γ-甲基吡啶、2-甲基哌啶、3-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯啶、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-苯基嗎啉、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶等,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基嗎啉,更佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。 The acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group. Specific examples thereof include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like. Diethanolamine, triethanolamine or the like is preferably monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, more preferably monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH). Further, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and α-甲. Pyridine, β-methylpyridine, γ-methylpyridine, 2-methylpiperidine, 3-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrolidine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone N-ethylmorpholine, more preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).

剝離液較佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物及環狀含氮化合物,其中,更佳為含有作為非環狀含氮化合物的選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺及三乙醇胺中的至少一種與作為環狀含氮化合物的選自N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及N-乙基嗎啉中的至少一種,進而佳為含有單 乙醇胺與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。 The stripping liquid preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine as acyclic nitrogen-containing compound. At least one selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, and further preferably contains a single Ethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

於利用剝離液來進行去除時,只要將形成於第1著色圖 案12上的抗蝕劑圖案52去除即可,於第1著色圖案12的側壁上附著有作為蝕刻產物的堆積物的情形時,亦可不將該堆積物完全去除。所謂堆積物,是指蝕刻產物附著於著色層的側壁上堆積而成者。 When the removal is performed by the stripping solution, it is formed in the first coloring map. The resist pattern 52 in the case 12 may be removed, and when a deposit as an etching product adheres to the side wall of the first coloring pattern 12, the deposit may not be completely removed. The deposit means that the etching product adheres to the side wall of the colored layer.

剝離液理想的是以下溶液:相對於剝離液100質量份, 非環狀含氮化合物的含量為9質量份以上、11質量份以下,並且相對於剝離液100質量份,環狀含氮化合物的含量為65質量份以上、70質量份以下。另外,剝離液較佳為利用純水將非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物的混合物稀釋而成者。 The stripping solution is desirably the following solution: 100 parts by mass relative to the stripping solution, The content of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is from 9 parts by mass to 11 parts by mass, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is from 65 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the peeling liquid. Further, the peeling liquid is preferably one obtained by diluting a mixture of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.

然後,如圖7的概略剖面圖所示,以使第2著色感放射 線性組成物埋設於第1貫通孔部分組群121及第2貫通孔部分組群122的各貫通孔的內部、形成多個第2著色畫素的方式,於第1著色層(即,於第1著色層11中形成貫通孔組群120而成的第1著色圖案12)上藉由第2著色感放射線性組成物來積層第2著色感放射線性層21(步驟(C))。藉此,於第1著色層11的貫通孔組群120中形成具有多個第2著色畫素的第2著色圖案22。此處,第2著色畫素成為四角形狀的畫素。第2著色感放射線性層21的形成可與形成上述第1著色層11的方法同樣地進行。 Then, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of Fig. 7, the second coloring radiation is emitted. The linear composition is embedded in the inside of each of the through holes of the first through hole portion group 121 and the second through hole portion group 122, and forms a plurality of second colored pixels in the first colored layer (that is, in the first In the first colored pattern 12) in which the through-hole group 120 is formed in the colored layer 11, the second color-sensing radiation layer 21 is laminated by the second color-sensing radiation linear composition (step (C)). Thereby, the second coloring pattern 22 having a plurality of second colored pixels is formed in the through hole group 120 of the first colored layer 11. Here, the second colored pixel is a quadrangular pixel. The formation of the second coloring radiation layer 21 can be performed in the same manner as the method of forming the first coloring layer 11 described above.

此處的第2著色感放射線性層21的厚度較佳為0.3μm~ 1μm的範圍,更佳為0.35μm~0.8μm的範圍,進而佳為0.35μm ~0.7μm的範圍。 Here, the thickness of the second coloring-sensitive radiation layer 21 is preferably 0.3 μm. a range of 1 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.35 μm to 0.8 μm, and further preferably 0.35 μm A range of ~0.7 μm.

繼而,對第2著色感放射線性層21的與第1著色層11中設置的第1貫通孔部分組群121對應的位置21A進行曝光、顯影,藉此將第2著色感放射線性層21、及設置於第2貫通孔部分組群122的各貫通孔的內部的多個第2著色畫素22R去除(步驟(D))(參照圖8的概略剖面圖)。 Then, the second color-sensing radiation layer 21 is exposed and developed at a position 21A corresponding to the first through-hole portion group 121 provided in the first colored layer 11 of the second coloring radiation layer 21, The plurality of second colored pixels 22R provided in the respective through holes of the second through hole portion group 122 are removed (step (D)) (see a schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 8).

然後,如圖9的概略剖面圖所示,以使第3著色感放射線性組成物埋設於第2貫通孔部分組群122的各貫通孔的內部、形成多個第3著色畫素的方式,於第1著色層(即,於第1貫通孔部分組群121中形成第2著色圖案22而成的第1著色圖案12)上藉由第3著色感放射線性組成物來形成第3著色感放射線性層31(步驟(E))。藉此,於第1著色層11的第2貫通孔部分組群122中形成具有多個第3著色畫素的第3著色圖案32。此處,第3著色畫素成為四角形狀的畫素。第3著色感放射線性層31的形成可與形成上述第1著色層11的方法同樣地進行。 Then, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 9, the third colored radiation-radiating composition is embedded in the inside of each of the through holes of the second through-hole portion group 122, and a plurality of third colored pixels are formed. The third colored layer is formed on the first colored layer (that is, the first colored pattern 12 in which the second colored pattern 22 is formed in the first through-hole portion group 121). The linear layer 31 is radiated (step (E)). Thereby, the third coloring pattern 32 having a plurality of third colored pixels is formed in the second through hole portion group 122 of the first colored layer 11. Here, the third colored pixel is a quadrilateral pixel. The formation of the third coloring radiation layer 31 can be performed in the same manner as the method of forming the first coloring layer 11 described above.

此處的第3著色感放射線性層31的厚度較佳為0.3μm~1μm的範圍,更佳為0.35μm~0.8μm的範圍,進而佳為0.35μm~0.7μm的範圍。 The thickness of the third coloring radiation layer 31 herein is preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 1 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.35 μm to 0.8 μm, and still more preferably in the range of 0.35 μm to 0.7 μm.

繼而,對第3著色感放射線性層31的與設於第1著色層11中的第2貫通孔部分組群122相對應的位置31A進行曝光、顯影,藉此去除第3著色感放射線性層31,由此如圖10的概略剖面圖所示,製造具有第1著色圖案12、第2著色圖案22及第3著色 圖案32的著色層60(步驟(F))。 Then, the third coloring radiation layer 31 is exposed and developed at a position 31A corresponding to the second through hole portion group 122 provided in the first colored layer 11, thereby removing the third coloring radiation layer. 31. Thus, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 10, the first coloring pattern 12, the second coloring pattern 22, and the third coloring are produced. The coloring layer 60 of the pattern 32 (step (F)).

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,如圖11所示,藉由 在著色層60形成上述氧阻斷膜61,可製造在著色層60上形成有氧阻斷膜61的彩色濾光片100。 In the method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention, as shown in FIG. The oxygen blocking film 61 is formed on the colored layer 60, and the color filter 100 in which the oxygen blocking film 61 is formed on the colored layer 60 can be manufactured.

上述第2著色感放射線性組成物及第3著色感放射線性 組成物分別含有著色劑。著色劑可同樣地列舉上述著色硬化性組成物的著色劑,較佳為第2著色畫素及第3著色畫素的一者為紅色透射部,另一者為藍色透射部。 The second colored radiation linear composition and the third colored radiation linearity The compositions each contain a colorant. The coloring agent may similarly exemplify the coloring agent of the coloring curable composition, and it is preferable that one of the second coloring element and the third coloring element is a red transmitting portion and the other is a blue transmitting portion.

用以形成紅色透射部的著色硬化性組成物中含有的著色 劑較佳為選自以下著色劑中的一種以上:C.I.顏料橙(Pigment Orange)2、C.I.顏料橙5、C.I.顏料橙13、C.I.顏料橙16、C.I.顏料橙17:1、C.I.顏料橙31、C.I.顏料橙34、C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙46、C.I.顏料橙48、C.I.顏料橙49、C.I.顏料橙51、C.I.顏料橙52、C.I.顏料橙55、C.I.顏料橙59、C.I.顏料橙60、C.I.顏料橙61、C.I.顏料橙62、C.I.顏料橙64、C.I.顏料橙71、C.I.顏料橙73及C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)1、C.I.顏料紅2、C.I.顏料紅3、C.I.顏料紅4、C.I.顏料紅5、C.I.顏料紅6、C.I.顏料紅7、C.I.顏料紅9、C.I.顏料紅10、C.I.顏料紅14、C.I.顏料紅17、C.I.顏料紅22、C.I.顏料紅23、C.I.顏料紅31、C.I.顏料紅38、C.I.顏料紅41、C.I.顏料紅48:1、C.I.顏料紅48:2、C.I.顏料紅48:3、C.I.顏料紅48:4、C.I.顏料紅49、C.I.顏料紅49:1、C.I.顏料紅49:2、C.I.顏料紅52:1、C.I.顏料紅52:2、C.I.顏料紅 53:1、C.I.顏料紅57:1、C.I.顏料紅60:1、C.I.顏料紅63:1、C.I.顏料紅66、C.I.顏料紅67、C.I.顏料紅81:1、C.I.顏料紅81:2、C.I.顏料紅81:3、C.I.顏料紅83、C.I.顏料紅88、C.I.顏料紅90、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅112、C.I.顏料紅119、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅123、C.I.顏料紅144、C.I.顏料紅146、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅166、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅169、C.I.顏料紅170、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅172、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅178、C.I.顏料紅179、C.I.顏料紅184、C.I.顏料紅185、C.I.顏料紅187、C.I.顏料紅188、C.I.顏料紅190、C.I.顏料紅200、C.I.顏料紅202、C.I.顏料紅206、C.I.顏料紅207、C.I.顏料紅208、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅210、C.I.顏料紅216、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅226、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅246、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270、C.I.顏料紅272、C.I.顏料紅279。 Coloring contained in the colored curable composition for forming the red transmissive portion The agent is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of: Pigment Orange 2, CI Pigment Orange 5, CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 16, CI Pigment Orange 17:1, CI Pigment Orange 31, CI Pigment Orange 34, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 46, CI Pigment Orange 48, CI Pigment Orange 49, CI Pigment Orange 51, CI Pigment Orange 52, CI Pigment Orange 55, CI Pigment Orange 59, CI Pigment Orange 60, CI Pigment Orange 61, CI Pigment Orange 62, CI Pigment Orange 64, CI Pigment Orange 71, CI Pigment Orange 73, and CI Pigment Red 1, Pigment Red 2, CI Pigment Red 3, CI Pigment Red 4, CI Pigment Red 5, CI Pigment Red 6, CI Pigment Red 7, CI Pigment Red 9, CI Pigment Red 10, CI Pigment Red 14, CI Pigment Red 17, CI Pigment Red 22, CI Pigment Red 23, CI Pigment Red 31, CI Pigment Red 38, CI Pigment Red 41, CI Pigment Red 48:1, CI Pigment Red 48:2, CI Pigment Red 48:3, CI Pigment Red 48:4, CI Pigment Red 49, CI Pigment Red 49:1, CI Pigment Red 49:2, CI Pigment Red 52:1, CI Pigment Red 52:2, CI Pigment Red 53:1, CI Pigment Red 57:1, CI Pigment Red 60:1, CI Pigment Red 63:1, CI Pigment Red 66, CI Pigment Red 67, CI Pigment Red 81:1, CI Pigment Red 81:2, CI Pigment Red 81:3, CI Pigment Red 83, CI Pigment Red 88, CI Pigment Red 90, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 112, CI Pigment Red 119, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 123, CI Pigment Red 144 , CI Pigment Red 146, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 168, CI Pigment Red 169, CI Pigment Red 170, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 172 , CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 184, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 187, CI Pigment Red 188, CI Pigment Red 190 , CI Pigment Red 200, CI Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 206, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 208, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 210, CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224 , CI Pigment Red 226, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 246, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Yan Red 255, C.I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. Pigment Red 270, C.I. Pigment Red 272, C.I. Pigment Red 279.

用以形成藍色透射部的著色硬化性組成物所含有的著色劑較佳為選自以下著色劑中的一種以上:C.I.顏料紫(Pigment Violet)1、C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫27、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫37、C.I.顏料紫42及C.I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:2、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64、C.I.顏料藍66、C.I. 顏料藍79、C.I.顏料藍80。 The coloring agent contained in the colored curable composition for forming the blue transmissive portion is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of: Pigment Violet 1, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 27, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Violet 37, CI Pigment Violet 42 and CI Pigment Blue (1), Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15 : 2, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 64, CI Pigment Blue 66, CI Pigment Blue 79, C.I. Pigment Blue 80.

第2著色感放射線性組成物及第3著色感放射線性組成 物各自中,著色劑相對於組成物的總固體成分的含量較佳為30質量%以上,更佳為35質量%以上,進而佳為40質量%以上。另外,著色劑相對於組成物的總固體成分的含量通常為90質量%以下,較佳為80質量%以下。 The second coloring radiation composition and the third coloring radiation linear composition The content of the colorant in the total solid content of the composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, and still more preferably 40% by mass or more. Further, the content of the colorant with respect to the total solid content of the composition is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.

另外,第2著色感放射線性組成物及第3著色感放射線 性組成物分別較佳為使用負型的感放射線性組成物。該負型的感放射線性組成物可使用感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等的遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線的負型感放射線性組成物。放射線中,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線,其中較佳為i射線。 In addition, the second coloring sensitizing radiation composition and the third coloring sensation radiation Preferably, the sexual compositions are each a negative radiation sensitive composition. The negative-type radiation-sensitive linear composition can use negative-inductance radiation that induces ultraviolet rays (g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays), far-ultraviolet rays including excimer lasers, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays. Composition. In the radiation, it is preferably g-ray, h-ray, or i-ray, and among them, i-ray is preferable.

具體而言,負型的感放射線性組成物較佳為含有光聚合 起始劑、聚合成分(聚合性化合物)及黏合樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂等)等的組成物,例如可列舉日本專利特開2005-326453號公報的段落編號[0017]~段落編號[0064]中記載者。此種負型的感放射線性組成物利用以下情況:藉由放射線的照射,光聚合起始劑引發聚合性化合物的聚合反應,結果由鹼可溶狀態變化為鹼不溶性。 Specifically, the negative-type radiation sensitive composition preferably contains photopolymerization Examples of the composition of the initiator, the polymerization component (polymerizable compound), and the binder resin (alkali-soluble resin), etc., are described in paragraph number [0017] to paragraph number [0064] of JP-A-2005-326453. Recorder. In the negative-type radiation-sensitive linear composition, the photopolymerization initiator initiates a polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound by irradiation with radiation, and as a result, it changes from an alkali-soluble state to an alkali-insoluble property.

對第2著色感放射線性層21及第3著色感放射線性層31 的曝光可藉由以下方式進行:利用g射線、h射線、i射線等,較佳為利用i射線來實施曝光。 The second coloring-sensing radiation layer 21 and the third coloring-sensing radiation layer 31 The exposure can be performed by using g-rays, h-rays, i-rays, or the like, preferably by using i-rays.

另外,曝光後實施的顯影通常是藉由利用顯影液進行顯 影處理來進行。 In addition, the development performed after exposure is usually performed by using a developing solution. Shadow processing is carried out.

顯影液可列舉:與對光阻層51的曝光、顯影中已述的顯影液相同者。 The developer may be the same as the developer described above for exposure and development of the photoresist layer 51.

另外,於使用鹼性水溶液作為顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用水來實施清洗處理。 Further, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used as the developer, the cleaning treatment is usually carried out using water after development.

就圖像解析度的觀點而言,第1著色畫素、第2著色畫素及第3著色畫素的一邊的長度(於畫素為長方形的情形時是指短邊的長度,於畫素為正方形的情形時是指一邊的長度)較佳為0.5μm~1.7μm,更佳為0.6μm~1.5μm。 From the viewpoint of image resolution, the length of one side of the first colored pixel, the second colored pixel, and the third colored pixel (in the case where the pixel is a rectangle) means the length of the short side, and the pixel In the case of a square, it means that the length of one side is preferably 0.5 μm to 1.7 μm, more preferably 0.6 μm to 1.5 μm.

根據以上所說明的本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法,可提供一種彩色濾光片,該彩色濾光片的著色層的著色劑濃度高,並且即便放置於高溫高濕下,亦不易引起著色層表面的膜面粗糙。 According to the method for producing a color filter of the present invention described above, it is possible to provide a color filter having a coloring agent having a high concentration of a coloring agent and being hard to cause even when placed under high temperature and high humidity. The film surface of the surface of the colored layer is rough.

另外,根據本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法,第1著色層、特別是第1著色畫素是由本發明的著色劑的濃度高的著色硬化性組成物所形成,故可使第1著色畫素的厚度極薄(例如0.7μm以下)。藉此,可製造串擾(crosstalk,光的混色)得到抑制的彩色濾光片。 Further, according to the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, the first colored layer, particularly the first colored pixel, is formed of the color-curable composition having a high concentration of the coloring agent of the present invention, so that the first coloring can be performed. The thickness of the pixels is extremely thin (for example, 0.7 μm or less). Thereby, a color filter in which crosstalk (crosstalk of light) is suppressed can be manufactured.

另外,藉由上述著色硬化性組成物所形成的第1著色畫素的耐溶劑性及耐鹼性顯影液性變優異。因此,可減少與其他著色層及其他著色圖案的顏色重疊的重疊區域的產生,結果可製造高性能的彩色濾光片。 In addition, the first coloring element formed by the coloring curable composition is excellent in solvent resistance and alkali resistance developing liquid property. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the occurrence of overlapping regions overlapping with the colors of other colored layers and other colored patterns, and as a result, a high-performance color filter can be manufactured.

本發明的彩色濾光片可較佳地用作液晶顯示裝置(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)或固體攝影元件(例如電荷耦合元件(Charge-coupled Device,CCD)、互補金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等)用。 另外,亦可較佳地用於電子紙或有機電致發光等的圖像顯示元件中。尤其本發明的彩色濾光片可較佳地用作CCD及CMOS等的固體攝影元件用。 The color filter of the present invention can be preferably used as a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) or solid-state imaging device (for example, Charge-coupled Device (CCD), Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS), etc.). Further, it can also be preferably used in an image display element such as an electronic paper or an organic electroluminescence. In particular, the color filter of the present invention can be preferably used as a solid-state imaging element such as a CCD or a CMOS.

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦適合作為液晶顯示裝置用的彩色濾光片。具備此種彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可顯示以下圖像,即,顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示特性優異的高畫質圖像。 Further, the color filter of the present invention is also suitable as a color filter for a liquid crystal display device. A liquid crystal display device including such a color filter can display an image in which a high-quality image having a good color tone and excellent display characteristics is displayed.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,例如是記載於「電子顯示元件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調查會(股),1990年發行)」、「顯示元件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股),1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「下一代液晶顯示技術(內田龍男編著,工業調查會(股),1994年發行)」中。本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於上述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置中。 The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described in, for example, "Electronic display device (Sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association (share), issued in 1990)", "Display elements (Ibuki Shunzhang, Industrial Book) (shares), issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (Edited by Uchida Ryoko, Industrial Research Association, issued in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片對於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置而言有用。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股)1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、MVA等畫素 分割方式等視角經擴大的液晶顯示裝置或超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)及反射式光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等中。 Color filter of the present invention for color film transistor (Thin Film Transistor, TFT) liquid crystal display device is useful. The liquid crystal display device of the color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a transverse electric field driving method such as In-Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel such as MVA. Expanded liquid crystal display device such as split mode, Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Optically Compensated Splay (Optically Compensated Splay, OCS), Fringe Field Switching (FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB).

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的陣列上彩色濾光片(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention is also available in a bright and high-definition color-filter on Array (COA) mode.

於藉由COA方式所形成的著色層中,為了使配置於著色層上的氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)電極與著色層下方的驅動用基板的端子導通,必須形成一邊的長度為1μm~15μm左右的矩形的通孔(through hole)或“U”字型的凹陷部等導通路,尤佳為將導通路的尺寸(即,一邊的長度)設定為5μm以下,而藉由使用本發明,亦可形成5μm以下的導通路。關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如是記載於「電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、LCD顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心調查研究部門,2001年發行)」的43頁等中。 In the coloring layer formed by the COA method, in order to electrically connect the indium tin oxide (ITO) electrode disposed on the colored layer and the terminal of the driving substrate below the coloring layer, the length of one side must be 1 μm. It is preferable to set the size of the via (or the length of one side) to 5 μm or less in a rectangular through hole of about 15 μm or a via of a U-shaped recess. According to the invention, a conduction path of 5 μm or less can also be formed. These image display methods are described, for example, in "Electroluminescence (EL), Plasma Display Panel (PDP), LCD Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Toray Research Center Survey) The research department, issued in 2001), 43 pages, etc.

本發明的液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的彩色濾光片以外,包含電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔件(spacer)、視角保障膜等各種構件。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於由該些公知的構件構成的液晶顯示元件中。關於該些構件,例如是記載於「'94 液晶顯示器周邊材料、化學的市場(島健太郎,CMC(股),1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展望(下卷)(表良吉,富士凱美萊總研(Fuji Chimera Research Institute)(股),2003年發行)」中。 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes various members such as an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle securing film, in addition to the color filter of the present invention. The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display element composed of these well-known members. For these components, for example, it is described in "94 The market for liquid crystal display materials and chemistry (Mitanda Kentaro, CMC (share), issued in 1994)", "The current status and future prospects of the liquid crystal-related market in 2003 (volume) (Former Liangji, Fuji Chimera) Research Institute), issued in 2003).

關於背光,是記載於「信息顯示學會會議摘要(SID meeting Digest)1380(2005)(A.Konno等人)」或「月刊顯示器2005年12月號的18頁~24頁(島康裕)」、「月刊顯示器2005年12月號的25頁~30頁(八木隆明)」等中。 About the backlight, it is described in the "Information Display Society Conference Summary (SID) Meeting Digest) 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al.) or "Monthly Display, December 2005 issue, 18 pages to 24 pages (Island Kang Yu)", "Monthly display, December 2005 issue, 25 to 30 pages (Yamamu Longming) and so on.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示裝置中,則與先 前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高對比度,進而藉由將紅色、綠色、藍色的發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)光源(RGB-LED)作為背光,可提供亮度高、另外色純度高的色彩再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 If the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, The high-contrast can be realized when the three-wavelength tube of the previously known cold cathode tube is combined, and the red, green, and blue light-emitting diode (LED) light source (RGB-LED) can be provided as a backlight. A liquid crystal display device having high brightness and high color reproducibility with good color reproducibility.

實施例 Example

以下列舉實施例對本發明加以更具體說明。以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等只要不偏離本發明的主旨,則可適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍不限定於以下所示的具體例。再者,只要無特別說明,則「份」、「%」為質量基準。 The invention is more specifically illustrated by the following examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing order, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" are the quality standards.

<合成例1-染料A的合成> <Synthesis Example 1 - Synthesis of Dye A>

(中間體A的合成) (Synthesis of Intermediate A)

於燒瓶中投入四氯鄰苯二甲腈(15.0g、56.4mmol)、 HO-C6H4-COOC2H4OCH3(12.65g、56.4mmol)、乙腈75.0g,使用磁力攪拌器(magnetic stirrer)攪拌30分鐘直至內溫穩定為40℃為止後,投入碳酸鉀(8.58g、62.1mmol)反應約3小時。將冷卻後進行抽吸過濾所得的溶液於40℃下減壓濃縮1小時,將溶劑蒸餾去除。進而,於110℃下真空乾燥一夜,獲得約23.0g(89.9%)的中間體A。 Tetrachlorophthalonitrile (15.0 g, 56.4 mmol), HO-C 6 H 4 -COOC 2 H 4 OCH 3 (12.65 g, 56.4 mmol), and 75.0 g of acetonitrile were placed in a flask, and a magnetic stirrer (magnetic) was used. After stirring for 30 minutes until the internal temperature was stable at 40 ° C, potassium carbonate (8.58 g, 62.1 mmol) was added and reacted for about 3 hours. The solution obtained by suction filtration after cooling was concentrated under reduced pressure at 40 ° C for 1 hour, and the solvent was distilled off. Further, it was vacuum dried at 110 ° C overnight to obtain about 23.0 g (89.9%) of Intermediate A.

(染料A的合成) (Synthesis of Dye A)

於燒瓶中投入中間體A(2.13g、4.7mmol)、苄腈2.35 mL,於氮氣流下(10mL/min)使用磁力攪拌器攪拌約1小時直至內溫穩定為150℃為止後,投入碘化鋅0.43g(1.3mmol)反應約35小時。冷卻後添加甲醇30mL,使用磁力攪拌器於室溫下攪拌,由此製成晶析溶液。將晶析溶液傾析,藉由矽膠管柱層析法(氯仿/甲醇)將剩餘的殘渣純化。於所得的純化物中添加甲醇20mL,使用磁力攪拌器於60℃下加熱攪拌1小時。冷卻後,進行抽吸過濾,於所得的結晶中添加甲醇20mL,使用磁力攪拌器於60℃下加熱攪拌1小時。冷卻後進行抽吸過濾,將所得的結晶於40℃下送風乾燥一夜,獲得約1.95g(88.2%)的染料A。 Intermediate A (2.13 g, 4.7 mmol) and benzonitrile 2.35 were placed in the flask. After stirring for about 1 hour under a nitrogen flow (10 mL/min) using a magnetic stirrer until the internal temperature was stabilized at 150 ° C, 0.43 g (1.3 mmol) of zinc iodide was added and reacted for about 35 hours. After cooling, 30 mL of methanol was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature using a magnetic stirrer to prepare a crystallization solution. The crystallization solution was decanted, and the remaining residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform / methanol). 20 mL of methanol was added to the obtained purified product, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 60 ° C for 1 hour using a magnetic stirrer. After cooling, suction filtration was carried out, and 20 mL of methanol was added to the obtained crystal, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 60 ° C for 1 hour using a magnetic stirrer. After cooling, suction filtration was carried out, and the obtained crystals were air-dried at 40 ° C overnight to obtain about 1.95 g (88.2%) of dye A.

<合成例2-其他染料的合成> <Synthesis Example 2 - Synthesis of Other Dyes>

依照上述合成例1來合成染料B~染料E。 The dye B~ dye E was synthesized in accordance with the above Synthesis Example 1.

<顏料分散液的製備> <Preparation of Pigment Dispersion>

使用直徑為0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,利用珠磨機(帶有減壓 機構的高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(日本BEE(股)製造))將調 配下述化合物而成的混合液混合、分散3小時,製備顏料分散液。顏料的種類是設定為下述表中記載者,另外,關於各成分的調配量,以最終獲得的著色硬化性組成物中的組成比成為下述表中記載的比例的方式調配。 Use zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3mm, using a bead mill (with decompression The organization's high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (made by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) will be adjusted The mixed solution containing the following compounds was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid. The type of the pigment is set as described in the following table, and the blending amount of each component is blended so that the composition ratio of the finally obtained colored curable composition is a ratio described in the following table.

.顏料(下述表所示的顏料) . Pigments (pigments shown in the table below)

.衍生物 . derivative

.分散劑 . Dispersant

.溶劑:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) . Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)

依照上述合成例1來合成其他酞青染料。 Other indigo dyes were synthesized in accordance with the above Synthesis Example 1.

<著色硬化性組成物的製備> <Preparation of Colored Curable Composition>

以成為下述表中記載的組成的方式將各成分混合,進行攪拌而製備著色硬化性組成物。 Each component was mixed so as to have the composition described in the following table, and the mixture was stirred to prepare a colored curable composition.

.染料(著色劑) . Dye (colorant)

.黃色色素(著色劑) . Yellow pigment (colorant)

.熱硬化性化合物 . Thermosetting compound

.溶劑…最終固體成分濃度成為15質量%的量 . Solvent...the final solid content concentration is 15% by mass

鹵化酞青染料A: Halogenated indigo dye A:

鹵化酞青染料B: Halogenated Indigo Dye B:

鹵化酞青染料C: Halogenated Indigo Dye C:

鹵化酞青染料D: Halogenated indigo dye D:

非鹵化酞青染料E: Non-halogenated indigo dye E:

<其他著色劑> <Other colorants>

黃色色素A(偶氮系色素(顏料)):P.Y150 Yellow pigment A (azo pigment (pigment)): P.Y150

黃色色素B(次甲基系色素(偶氮次甲基色素)(染料)):(合成例將於後述) Yellow pigment B (methine methyl pigment (azo methine pigment) (dye)): (Synthesis example will be described later)

<衍生物> <derivative>

<分散劑> <dispersant>

上述中,a為2.0,b為4.0,酸值為10mgKOH/g,Mw為20000。 In the above, a is 2.0, b is 4.0, an acid value is 10 mgKOH/g, and Mw is 20,000.

另外,分散劑A中的a及b分別表示括弧內所表示的部分結構的個數,滿足a+b=6。 Further, a and b in the dispersant A respectively indicate the number of partial structures indicated in the parentheses, and satisfy a+b=6.

<熱硬化性化合物> <thermosetting compound>

熱硬化性化合物A:環氧化合物:EHPE3150(大賽璐化學工業(股)製造,分子量=2234) Thermosetting compound A: Epoxy compound: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., molecular weight = 2234)

熱硬化性化合物B:三聚氰胺化合物:尼卡拉克(Nikalac)MW-30M(三和化學(股)製造) Thermosetting compound B: melamine compound: Nikalac MW-30M (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)

<界面活性劑> <Surfactant>

界面活性劑:F-781(迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造,氟系界面活性劑) Surfactant: F-781 (manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd., fluorine-based surfactant)

<次甲基系色素B的合成> <Synthesis of methine dye B>

次甲基系色素B是按以下流程來合成。 The methine-based dye B was synthesized in the following scheme.

(中間體A的合成) (Synthesis of Intermediate A)

將上述化合物(A)(利用EP0571959A2公報中記載的方法合成)100重量份、吡啶390ml的混合溶液冷卻至5℃為止,於反應溫度25℃以下滴加辛磺醯氯87重量份。將反應液於室溫下攪拌2小時後,添加4N鹽酸水溶液2L,於室溫下攪拌後進行濾取。利用甲醇500ml將所濾取的結晶清洗後,加以乾燥,藉此獲得中間體A 153g(產率為91%)。 A mixed solution of 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned compound (A) (synthesized by the method described in JP 0571959A2) and 390 ml of pyridine was cooled to 5 ° C, and 87 parts by weight of octylsulfonate chloride was added dropwise at a reaction temperature of 25 ° C or lower. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, 2 L of a 4N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature and then filtered. The crystals collected by washing with 500 ml of methanol were washed and dried, whereby Intermediate 153 g (yield: 91%) was obtained.

1H-NMR CDCl3 δ 0.8(t,3H)1.0-1.4(m,19),1.6(m,2H)3.2(t,2H)5.6(s,1H)7.3(d,2H)7.9(d,2H)10.2(s,1H)12.9(s,1H) 1 H-NMR CDCl 3 δ 0.8 (t, 3H) 1.0-1.4 (m, 19), 1.6 (m, 2H) 3.2 (t, 2H) 5.6 (s, 1H) 7.3 (d, 2H) 7.9 (d, 2H) 10.2 (s, 1H) 12.9 (s, 1H)

(次甲基系色素B的合成) (Synthesis of methine dye B)

於中間體A 110g、乙酸650ml的懸濁溶液中於室溫下添加原甲酸乙酯68g,將反應液於80℃下攪拌3小時。於反應液中添加甲醇1.1L,冷卻後進行濾取、甲醇清洗,藉此獲得次甲基系 色素B 96g(產率為88%)。 68 g of ethyl orthoformate was added to a suspension solution of 110 g of Intermediate A and 650 ml of acetic acid at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 3 hours. 1.1 L of methanol was added to the reaction solution, and after cooling, it was filtered and washed with methanol to obtain a methine group. Pigment B 96 g (yield 88%).

1H-NMR CDCl3 δ 0.8(t,6H)1.2-2.0(m,41H)3.3(t,4H)7.3(d,4H),7.6(br,2H)7.8(d,4H)8.4(s,1H)對所得的組成物進行以下評價。 1 H-NMR CDCl 3 δ 0.8 (t, 6H) 1.2-2.0 (m, 41H) 3.3 (t, 4H) 7.3 (d, 4H), 7.6 (br, 2H) 7.8 (d, 4H) 8.4 (s, 1H) The following composition was evaluated.

<膜面粗糙評價基板的製作> <Production of Film Surface Roughness Evaluation Substrate>

利用旋塗機將上述組成物以成為膜厚為0.5μm的塗佈膜的方式塗佈於7.5cm×7.5cm的玻璃基板上後,使用熱板於100℃下加熱乾燥2分鐘,繼而於200℃下進行5分鐘加熱,進行塗佈膜的硬化而形成著色層。 The composition was applied onto a 7.5 cm × 7.5 cm glass substrate by a spin coater so as to be a coating film having a film thickness of 0.5 μm, and then dried by heating at 100 ° C for 2 minutes using a hot plate, followed by 200 Heating was carried out for 5 minutes at ° C, and the coating film was cured to form a colored layer.

<氧阻斷膜的形成> <Formation of oxygen blocking film>

於實施例1~實施例3及比較例2中,使用濺鍍裝置(神港精機公司製造的SRV-4300)對所製作的玻璃基板濺鍍SiO2或SiN,於著色層上形成膜厚為0.1μm的氧阻斷膜。另外,於實施例4及實施例5中,使用旋塗機(三笠公司製造的1H-D7),對所製作的玻璃基板分別塗佈聚乙烯醇(重量平均分子量:2000)水溶液或聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮(重量平均分子量:1800)水溶液,於著色層上形成膜厚為1.0μm的氧阻斷膜。將結果示於表1中。再者,於表1中,無機材料A表示SiO2,無機材料B表示SiN,有機材料A表示聚乙烯醇,有機材料B表示聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮,於比較例1中,未形成任一種氧阻斷膜。 In Example 1 to Example 3 and Comparative Example 2, SiO 2 or SiN was sputtered on the produced glass substrate by a sputtering apparatus (SRV-4300 manufactured by Shinko Seiki Co., Ltd.), and the film thickness was formed on the colored layer. A 0.1 μm oxygen blocking membrane. Further, in Example 4 and Example 5, a polyvinyl alcohol (weight average molecular weight: 2000) aqueous solution or a polyvinyl base was applied to each of the produced glass substrates by using a spin coater (1H-D7 manufactured by Sanken Co., Ltd.). An aqueous solution of pyrrolidone (weight average molecular weight: 1800) was formed on the colored layer to form an oxygen barrier film having a film thickness of 1.0 μm. The results are shown in Table 1. Further, in Table 1, the inorganic material A represents SiO 2 , the inorganic material B represents SiN, the organic material A represents polyvinyl alcohol, and the organic material B represents polyvinylpyrrolidone. In Comparative Example 1, none of them is formed. Oxygen blocks the membrane.

<高溫高濕試驗> <High temperature and high humidity test>

使用高加速度壽命試驗裝置(愛斯佩克(Espec)公司製 造的EHS-221),對形成有氧阻斷膜的玻璃基板於溫度85℃、濕度85%的條件下實施168小時的高溫高濕試驗。 Use high acceleration life test device (made by Espec) The manufactured EHS-221) was subjected to a high-temperature and high-humidity test for 168 hours under conditions of a temperature of 85 ° C and a humidity of 85% on a glass substrate on which an oxygen barrier film was formed.

<膜面粗糙評價> <Film roughness evaluation>

使用光學顯微鏡(奧林巴斯(Olympus)公司製造的MX-50),對高溫高濕試驗後的形成有氧阻斷膜的玻璃基板於反射200倍的條件下目測評價凝聚異物。將結果示於以下的表中。依照下述基準將3~5評價為實用上無問題的水準。 The glass substrate on which the oxygen barrier film was formed after the high-temperature and high-humidity test was visually evaluated for agglomerated foreign matter under the condition of 200-fold reflection using an optical microscope (MX-50 manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.). The results are shown in the table below. 3 to 5 were evaluated as practically problem-free according to the following criteria.

-評價基準- - Evaluation criteria -

5:完全未產生凝聚異物。 5: No condensed foreign matter was produced at all.

4:產生了極少數的凝聚異物(於5視場區域中為5個以上、小於25個)。 4: A very small amount of condensed foreign matter is generated (5 or more and less than 25 in 5 fields of view).

3:產生了少數凝聚異物(於5視場區域中為25個以上、小於100個)。 3: A small amount of condensed foreign matter is generated (more than 25 in less than 5 fields of view).

2:產生了多個凝聚異物(於5視場區域中為100個以上、小於500個)。 2: A plurality of agglomerated foreign matter was generated (100 or more and less than 500 in 5 fields of view).

1:明顯產生了凝聚異物(於5視場區域中為500個以上)。 1: Condensed foreign matter is apparent (more than 500 in 5 fields of view).

由上述表明確得知,對於使用含有著色劑、熱硬化性化 合物及溶劑且相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分而著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%的著色硬化性組成物所形成的著色層而言,於著色層上形成有氧阻斷膜的積層體(實施例1~實施例10)可抑制膜面粗糙。 It is clear from the above table that it is thermosetting for the use of a coloring agent. The coloring layer formed of the colored curable composition having a total solid content of the colored curable composition and a total amount of the coloring agent of 50% by mass to 90% by mass is formed on the colored layer. The laminate of the oxygen barrier film (Examples 1 to 10) can suppress film surface roughness.

另外得知,實施例1~實施例10中,具有優異的分光特 性,且具有良好的耐光性。 Further, it is found that in Examples 1 to 10, there is an excellent spectroscopic Sex, and has good light resistance.

相對於此,得知未形成氧阻斷膜的積層體(比較例1)的 膜面粗糙的結果欠佳。另外,於形成有氧阻斷膜但相對於著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分而著色劑的合計含量小於50%的情形(比較例2)時,雖然膜面粗糙得到抑制,但由於著色劑的濃度低,故無法實現薄膜化。 On the other hand, it was found that the laminate of the oxygen barrier film was not formed (Comparative Example 1). The result of rough film surface is not good. In addition, when the total content of the coloring agent is less than 50% (Comparative Example 2) with respect to the total solid content of the coloring curable composition, the film surface roughness is suppressed, but the coloring agent is suppressed. The concentration is low, so filming cannot be achieved.

10‧‧‧固體攝影元件 10‧‧‧ Solid-state imaging components

13‧‧‧彩色濾光片 13‧‧‧Color filters

14‧‧‧平坦化膜 14‧‧‧Flat film

15‧‧‧微透鏡 15‧‧‧Microlens

20B‧‧‧藍色畫素(第3色畫素) 20B‧‧‧Blue pixel (3rd color)

20G‧‧‧綠色畫素(第1色畫素) 20G‧‧‧Green pixels (1st color)

20R‧‧‧紅色畫素(第2色畫素) 20R‧‧‧Red Picture (2nd color picture)

41‧‧‧P阱 41‧‧‧P-well

42‧‧‧受光元件(光二極體) 42‧‧‧Light-receiving components (light diodes)

43‧‧‧雜質擴散層 43‧‧‧ impurity diffusion layer

44‧‧‧電極 44‧‧‧Electrode

45‧‧‧配線層 45‧‧‧Wiring layer

46‧‧‧BPSG膜 46‧‧‧BPSG membrane

47‧‧‧絕緣膜 47‧‧‧Insulation film

48‧‧‧P-SiN膜 48‧‧‧P-SiN film

49‧‧‧平坦化膜層 49‧‧‧Flating film layer

Claims (18)

一種積層體,是於使著色硬化性組成物硬化而成的著色層上形成了氧阻斷膜的積層體,上述著色硬化性組成物含有著色劑、熱硬化性化合物及溶劑,並且相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%。 A laminated body in which a layered body of an oxygen blocking film is formed on a colored layer obtained by curing a colored curable composition, and the colored curable composition contains a coloring agent, a thermosetting compound, and a solvent, and The total solid content of the coloring curable composition is 50% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total content of the coloring agent. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的積層體,其中上述著色劑含有下述通式(1)所表示的鹵化酞青染料, (通式(1)中,Z1~Z16分別為氫原子或取代基,取代基的至少一個為鹵素原子,取代基的至少另一個為含有芳香族基的基團;M表示2個氫原子、金屬原子、金屬氧化物或金屬鹵化物)。 The laminate according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the colorant contains a halogenated indigo dye represented by the following formula (1), (In the formula (1), Z 1 to Z 16 are each a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least one of the substituents is a halogen atom, and at least one other of the substituents is a group containing an aromatic group; M represents 2 hydrogens Atom, metal atom, metal oxide or metal halide). 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述熱硬化性化合物為環氧化合物。 The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thermosetting compound is an epoxy compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述著色劑更含有黃色色素。 The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the coloring agent further contains a yellow pigment. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為60質量%~90質量%。 The laminated body according to the above aspect of the invention, wherein the total content of the coloring agent is 60% by mass to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述著色層的厚度為0.1μm~1.0μm。 The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the colored layer has a thickness of 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜與上述著色層鄰接。 The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the oxygen barrier film is adjacent to the colored layer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜的厚度為10μm以下。 The laminate according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the oxygen barrier film has a thickness of 10 μm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜含有無機材料。 The laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the oxygen barrier film contains an inorganic material. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述熱硬化性化合物為環氧化合物,上述著色劑更含有黃色色素。 The laminate according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the thermosetting compound is an epoxy compound, and the coloring agent further contains a yellow pigment. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述著色劑更含有黃色色素,並且相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為60質量%~90質量%。 The laminated body according to the above aspect of the invention, wherein the coloring agent further contains a yellow coloring matter, and the total content of the coloring agent is 60% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. ~90% by mass. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的積層體,其中上述氧阻斷膜的厚度為10μm以下,上述著色層的厚度為0.1μm~1.0μm。 The laminated body according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the thickness of the oxygen blocking film is 10 μm or less, and the thickness of the colored layer is 0.1 μm to 1.0 μm. 一種彩色濾光片,包括如申請專利範圍第1項所述的積層 體。 A color filter comprising the laminate as described in claim 1 body. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括:使著色硬化性組成物硬化而形成著色層的步驟,上述著色硬化性組成物含有著色劑、熱硬化性化合物及溶劑,並且相對於上述著色硬化性組成物的總固體成分,上述著色劑的合計含量為50質量%~90質量%;於上述著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由曝光及顯影將上述光阻層圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;將上述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對上述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟;以及於上述乾式蝕刻後的著色層上形成氧阻斷膜的步驟。 A method for producing a color filter, comprising: a step of curing a colored curable composition to form a colored layer, wherein the colored curable composition contains a colorant, a thermosetting compound, and a solvent, and is composed of the coloring hardenability composition a total solid content of the material, a total content of the colorant of 50% by mass to 90% by mass; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; and patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist a step of patterning; a step of dry etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etch mask; and a step of forming an oxygen blocking film on the colored layer after the dry etching. 如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中藉由濺鍍來形成上述氧阻斷膜。 The method of producing a color filter according to claim 14, wherein the oxygen blocking film is formed by sputtering. 一種液晶顯示裝置,包括如申請專利範圍第13項所述的彩色濾光片、或者藉由如申請專利範圍第14項或第15項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法所製作的彩色濾光片。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to claim 13 or the color filter manufactured by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 14 or 15 Light film. 一種有機電致發光元件,包括如申請專利範圍第13項所述的彩色濾光片、或者藉由如申請專利範圍第14項或第15項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法所製作的彩色濾光片。 An organic electroluminescence device comprising the color filter of claim 13 or the method for producing a color filter according to claim 14 or 15 Color filter. 一種固體攝影元件,包括如申請專利範圍第13項所述的彩色濾光片、或者藉由如申請專利範圍第14項或第15項所述的 彩色濾光片的製造方法所製作的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state photographic element comprising the color filter of claim 13 or by the method of claim 14 or 15 A color filter produced by a method of manufacturing a color filter.
TW102138572A 2012-10-31 2013-10-25 Laminate, color filter comprising the same, method for manufacturing color filter and its application TWI630242B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-240443 2012-10-31
JP2012240443A JP6088794B2 (en) 2012-10-31 2012-10-31 Laminated body and color filter having the same

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201416398A true TW201416398A (en) 2014-05-01
TWI630242B TWI630242B (en) 2018-07-21

Family

ID=50627223

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102138572A TWI630242B (en) 2012-10-31 2013-10-25 Laminate, color filter comprising the same, method for manufacturing color filter and its application

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6088794B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI630242B (en)
WO (1) WO2014069314A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI561145B (en) * 2014-07-08 2016-12-01 Htc Corp Electronic assembly and electronic apparatus

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6721670B2 (en) 2016-03-14 2020-07-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, cured film, optical sensor and method for manufacturing film
KR102463795B1 (en) * 2016-11-11 2022-11-08 한국전자통신연구원 Optoelectronic device
CN117858581A (en) * 2017-01-20 2024-04-09 索尼半导体解决方案公司 Display device, electronic apparatus, and method of manufacturing display device
JPWO2018163702A1 (en) * 2017-03-07 2019-12-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, infrared sensor and kit
JP6946443B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2021-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Compositions, films, laminates, infrared transmission filters, solid-state image sensors and infrared sensors
WO2020049930A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Vehicular headlight unit, light-shielding film for headlight, and method for producing light-shielding film for headlight
EP3854821A4 (en) 2018-09-20 2021-11-17 FUJIFILM Corporation Curable composition, cured film, infrared transmission filter, laminate, solid-state imaging element, sensor, and pattern formation method
JP7135700B2 (en) * 2018-10-15 2022-09-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
WO2020262270A1 (en) 2019-06-27 2020-12-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, and optical sensor
TW202112837A (en) 2019-09-26 2021-04-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Heat-conducting layer production method, laminate production method, and semiconductor device production method
JP7178509B2 (en) * 2019-09-30 2022-11-25 富士フイルム株式会社 LAMINATED BODY AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE
WO2021162115A1 (en) * 2020-02-13 2021-08-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, display device, and organic electroluminescence display device
WO2021199748A1 (en) 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, and optical sensor
JP7429772B2 (en) 2020-04-30 2024-02-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Self-luminous display device
WO2022131191A1 (en) 2020-12-16 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, membrane, optical filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared ray sensor
WO2022130773A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2023054142A1 (en) 2021-09-29 2023-04-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, resin, film and optical sensor
CN114167640B (en) * 2021-11-24 2023-05-30 武汉华星光电技术有限公司 Manufacturing method of color film substrate

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62144106A (en) * 1985-12-18 1987-06-27 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Color filter
JPH07270612A (en) * 1994-03-31 1995-10-20 Hoya Corp Production of color filter
JP4969063B2 (en) * 2005-06-14 2012-07-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Manufacturing method of color filter
JP2009025623A (en) * 2007-07-20 2009-02-05 Fujifilm Corp Colored thermosetting composition for forming colored pattern, solid-state imaging element, colored pattern and its forming method, and color filter and its manufacturing method
JP2010206678A (en) * 2009-03-05 2010-09-16 Panasonic Corp Solid-state imaging device, imaging module, and imaging system
JP2010237374A (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-10-21 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Color filter and organic el display
JP5745873B2 (en) * 2011-01-26 2015-07-08 株式会社日本触媒 Phthalocyanine compounds

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI561145B (en) * 2014-07-08 2016-12-01 Htc Corp Electronic assembly and electronic apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2014069314A1 (en) 2014-05-08
TWI630242B (en) 2018-07-21
JP6088794B2 (en) 2017-03-01
JP2014089408A (en) 2014-05-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI630242B (en) Laminate, color filter comprising the same, method for manufacturing color filter and its application
TWI608041B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI610128B (en) Coloring curable composition and color filter using the same
TWI667297B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and dye multimer
TWI609929B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing element, and image display device
TWI582175B (en) Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter and method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence element and solid-state image pickup element
TWI623593B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
TWI604017B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for forming patterns, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI656178B (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI550028B (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and producing method thereof, solid imaging element, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device and pigment
TWI583745B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
TWI625365B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method of forming patterns, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW201502213A (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW201710407A (en) Material, composition, curable composition, cured film, optical filter, solid imaging element, infrared ray sensor, camera module, and production method for material
TW201608338A (en) Composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TWI621667B (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP6279745B2 (en) COLORING COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER, PATTERN FORMING METHOD, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DYE MULTIMER MANUFACTURING METHOD
TW201502211A (en) Colored curable composition, cured film using the same, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state image device, liquid crystal display apparatus and organic EL display apparatus
TWI644993B (en) Novel compound, novel polymer, colorant including the same, positive photosensitive resin composition including the same, and color filter
TW201412884A (en) Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2017026473A1 (en) Color composition, cured film, color filter, process for producing color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and polymer
JP6106784B2 (en) Colored curable composition and color filter using the same
TW201529756A (en) Colored composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, colored filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing colored composition